Beruflich Dokumente
Kultur Dokumente
LEGAL INFORMATION
By accepting this certain document of ZTE CORPORATION you agree to the following terms. If you
do not agree to the following terms, please notice that you are not allowed to use this document.
Copyright © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. Any rights not expressly granted herein are reserved. This
document contains proprietary information of ZTE CORPORATION. Any reproduction, transfer,
distribution, use or disclosure of this document or any portion of this document, in any form by any
means, without the prior written consent of ZTE CORPORATION is prohibited.
The design of this product complies with requirements of environmental protection and personal
security. This product shall be stored, used or discarded in accordance with product manual, relevant
contract or laws and regulations in relevant country (countries).
This document is provided ‘as is’ and ‘as available’. Information contained in this document is subject
to continuous update without further notice due to improvement and update of ZTE
CORPORATION’s products and technologies.
ZTE CORPORATION
Address: NO. 55
Hi-tech Road South
ShenZhen
P.R.China
518057
Website: http://dms.zte.com.cn (TSM-Technical Support)
Email: TSM.Aftersales@zte.com.cn
Revision History
Author
2012-09-08 R1.5 He Bo
Wang Qiang/Xu
R1.6 2013-10-30
Wei
R1.7 2014-3-27 He Bo
Proposal: Before reading this document, you had better have the following knowledge and skills.
SEQ Knowledge and skills Reference material
Unitrans ZXONE 8700(V1.10) Intelligent
Accompanying document – product
1 Optical Transport Platform Product
description
Description
Unitrans ZXONE 8700(V1.10) Intelligent
Accompanying document – hardware
2 Optical Transport Platform + Hardware
description
description
OTN 100G Service Meter Test Guide_R1.1
3 The use of meters Agilent 86120C Multi-Wavelength Meter
Usage Guideline_R1.0
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Product
4 Product test record
Acceptance Test Record_R1.7
Follow-up document: After reading this document, you may need the following information
SEQ Reference material Information
1
2
3
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. III
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Summary
Chapter Description
1 Board Test Describes test methods and acceptance rules for the single
system specifications
2 System Performance Test Describes test methods and acceptance rules for the system
performance specifications
3 ROADM Test Introduces test methods and acceptance rules for ROADM
system specifications
4 WASON Test Introduces test methods and acceptance rules for WASON
system specifications
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. VII
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. VIII
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
FIGURES
Figure 1-1 SOTU2.5G Connection for testing Optical Output Power at the line side............. 7
Figure 1-2 SOTU2.5G Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection............................................ 8
Figure 1-3 SOTU2.5G Connection for testing receive overload point at the line interface..... 9
Figure 1-4 Central Wavelength Connection ........................................................................ 11
Figure 1-5 -20dB Spectral Width Connection ..................................................................... 12
Figure 1-6 SMSR Connection ............................................................................................ 13
Figure 1-7 SOTU2.5G Connection for Testing Optical Output Power at the Client Side ..... 14
Figure 1-8 SOTU2.5G Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection.......................................... 14
Figure 1-9 SOTU2.5G Connection for testing receive overload point at the client side ....... 16
Figure 1-10 SOTU2.5G input jitter tolerance of input interface ........................................... 17
Figure 1-11 Output Jitter Connection.................................................................................. 18
Figure 1-12 Connection for testing Optical Output Power at line side for SOTU10G .......... 21
Figure 1-13 SOTU10G Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection......................................... 22
Figure 1-14 SOTU2.5G Connection for testing receive overload point at the line interface. 23
Figure 1-15 Central Wavelength Connection ...................................................................... 24
Figure 1-16 -20dB Spectral Width Connection ................................................................... 25
Figure 1-17 SMSR Connection........................................................................................... 26
Figure 1-18 SOTU10G connection for testing Optical Output Power at client side.............. 27
Figure 1-19 SOTU10G Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection......................................... 28
Figure 1-20 SOTU10G Connection for testing receive overload point at the client side ...... 29
Figure 1-21 Input jitter tolerance of SOTU10G input interface ............................................ 31
Figure 1-22 Output Jitter Connection.................................................................................. 32
Figure 1-23 SRM41 connection for testing Optical Output Power at line side ..................... 35
Figure 1-24 SRM41 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection ............................................. 36
Figure 1-25 SRM41 Connection for testing receive overload point at the line interface ...... 37
Figure 1-26 Central Wavelength Connection ...................................................................... 38
Figure 1-27 -20dB Spectral Width Connection ................................................................... 39
Figure 1-28 SMSR Connection........................................................................................... 40
Figure 1-29 SRM41 connection for testing Optical Output Power at the client side ............ 41
Figure 1-30 SRM41 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection ............................................. 42
Figure 1-31 SRM41 Connection for testing receive overload point at the client side........... 43
Figure 1-65 Configuration of the Minimum Overload Optical Power at the Client Side of
DSAC ................................................................................................................................... 87
Figure 1-66 Configuration of the Average Transmit Optical Power at the Line Side of ASMA
............................................................................................................................................. 88
Figure 1-67 Configuration of the Receiver Sensitivity at the Line Side of ASMA ................. 89
Figure 1-68 Configuration of the Overload Optical Power at the Line Side of ASMA .......... 90
Figure 1-69 Configuration of the Central Wavelength at the Line Side of ASMA ................ 91
Figure 1-70 Configuration of the Spectrum Features at the Line Side of ASMA ................. 92
Figure 1-71 Configuration of the Spectrum Features at the Line Side of ASMA ................. 93
Figure 1-72 Configuration of the Average Transmit Optical Power at the Line Side of ASMA
............................................................................................................................................. 94
Figure 1-73 Configuration of the Receiver Sensitivity at the Line Side of ASMA ................. 96
Figure 1-74 Configuration of the Overload Optical Power at the Line Side of ASMA .......... 97
Figure 1-75 Configuration of the Drop SAUC Average Transmit Optical Power .................. 99
Figure 1-76 Configuration of the Drop SAUC Receiver Sensitivity .................................... 100
Figure 1-77 Configuration of the Drop SAUC Receive Overload Optical Power ............... 101
Figure 1-78 Configuration of the Drop SAUC Maximum Output Jitter ............................... 102
Figure 1-79 Configuration of the Drop SAUC Input Jitter Tolerance ................................. 103
Figure 1-80 Configuration of the Drop COM Average Transmit Optical Power ................. 106
Figure 1-81 Configuration of the Drop COM Receiver Sensitivity ..................................... 108
Figure 1-82 Configuration of the Drop COM Receive Overload Optical Power ................. 109
Figure 1-83 Configuration of the Drop COM Maximum Output Jitter ................................ 111
Figure 1-84 Configuration of the Drop COM Input Jitter Tolerance ................................... 112
Figure 1-85 Configuration of the Drop COM Jitter Transfer Function ................................ 113
Figure 1-86 Configuration of the Average Transmit Optical Power at the Client Side of
SMUB/C ............................................................................................................................. 114
Figure 1-87 Configuration of the Receiver Sensitivity at the Client Side of SMUB/C......... 116
Figure 1-88 Configuration of the Receive Overload Optical Power at the Client Side of
SMUB/C ............................................................................................................................. 117
Figure 1-89 Configuration of the Output Jitter at the Client Side of SMUB/C .................... 118
Figure 1-90 Configuration of the Input Jitter Tolerance at the Client Side of SMUB/C ...... 120
Figure 1-91 Configuration of the Jitter Transfer Function at the Client Side of SMUB/C ... 122
Figure 1-92 Configuration of the Average Transmit Optical Power at the Line Side of
SMUB/L .............................................................................................................................. 123
Figure 1-93 Configuration of the Receiver Sensitivity at the Line Side of SMUB/L............ 124
Figure 1-94 Configuration of the Receive Overload Optical Power at the Line Side of
SMUB/L .............................................................................................................................. 125
Figure 1-95 Configuration of the Central Wavelength at the Line Side of SMUB/L ........... 126
Figure 1-96 Configuration of the Spectrum Features at the Line Side of SMUB/L ............ 127
Figure 1-97 Configuration of the Spectrum Features at the Line Side of SMUB/L ............ 128
Figure 1-98 Configuration of the Optical Output Power at the Client Side of CD2/CO2/CQ2
........................................................................................................................................... 130
Figure 1-99 CD2/CO2/CQ2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection................................ 131
Figure 1-100 CD2/CO2/CQ2 Connection for testing receive overload point at the client side
........................................................................................................................................... 132
Figure 1-101 Input jitter tolerance of CD2/CO2/CQ2 input interface ................................. 134
Figure 1-102 Output Jitter Configuration .......................................................................... 135
Figure 1-103 LD2/LD2B/LO2/LQ2 connection for testing Optical Output Power at line side
........................................................................................................................................... 138
Figure 1-104 LD2/LD2B/LO2/LQ2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection...................... 139
Figure 1-105 Configuration of the Receive Overload Point at the Line Interface of LO2/LQ2
........................................................................................................................................... 140
Figure 1-106 Central Wavelength Connection .................................................................. 141
Figure 1-107 Spectral Width Connection .......................................................................... 142
Figure 1-108 SMSR Connection....................................................................................... 143
Figure 1-109 TST3 connection for testing Optical Output Power at line side .................... 144
Figure 1-110 TST3 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection ............................................ 145
Figure 1-111 Configuration of the Receive Overload Point at the Line Interface of TST3 . 146
Figure 1-112 Central Wavelength Connection .................................................................. 147
Figure 1-113 -20dB Spectral Width Connection ............................................................... 148
Figure 1-114 SMSR Connection....................................................................................... 149
Figure 1-115 Configuration of the Optical Output Power at the Client Side of TST3 ......... 150
Figure 1-116 TST3 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection ............................................ 151
Figure 1-117 Connection for testing receive overload point at the client side ................... 152
Figure 1-118 Input jitter tolerance of SOTU10G input interface ........................................ 154
Figure 1-119 Output Jitter Connection.............................................................................. 155
Figure 1-120 MQT3 connection for testing Optical Output Power at line side ................... 158
Figure 1-121 MQT3 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection ........................................... 159
Figure 1-122 Configuration of the Receive Overload Point at the Line Interface of MQT3 160
Figure 1-123 Central Wavelength Connection .................................................................. 161
Figure 1-124 -20dB Spectral Width Connection ............................................................... 162
Figure 1-125 SMSR Connection....................................................................................... 163
Figure 1-126 Configuration of the Optical Output Power at the Client Side of MQT3 ........ 164
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. XII
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. XIII
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Figure 1-162 MQA1/MQM1 Connection for Testing Optical Output Power at the Line Side 211
Figure 1-163 MQA1/MQM1 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection................................ 212
Figure 1-164 MQA1/MQM1 Connection for Testing Receive Overload Point at the Line Side
........................................................................................................................................... 213
Figure 1-165 Central Frequency Connection ...................................................................... 214
Figure 1-166 -20dB Spectral Width Connection ............................................................... 216
Figure 1-167 MQA1/MQM1 Connection for Testing Optical Output Power at the Client Side
........................................................................................................................................... 219
Figure 1-168 MQA1/MQM1 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection .................................. 220
Figure 1-169 MQA1/MQM1 Connection for Testing Receive Overload Point at the Client Side
........................................................................................................................................... 222
Figure 1-170 Input Jitter Connection ................................................................................... 224
Figure 1-171 Output Jitter Connection ................................................................................ 225
Figure 1-172 MQA2/MQM2 connection for Testing Optical Output Power at the Line Side . 228
Figure 1-173 MQA2/MQM2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection .................................. 229
Figure 1-174 MQA2/MQM2 Connection for Testing Receive Overload Point at the Line Side
........................................................................................................................................... 230
Figure 1-175 Central Frequency Connection ...................................................................... 231
Figure 1-176 -20 dB Spectral Width Connection ................................................................. 233
Figure 1-177 SMSR Connection ......................................................................................... 234
Figure 1-178 MQA2/MQM2 Connection for Testing Optical Output Power at the Client Side
........................................................................................................................................... 235
Figure 1-179 MQA2/MQM2 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection .................................. 237
Figure 1-180 MQA2/MQM2 Connection for Testing Receive Overload Point at the Client Side
........................................................................................................................................... 238
Figure 1-181 Output Jitter Connection ................................................................................ 240
Figure 1-182 Input Jitter Tolerance of MQA2/MQM2 Input Interface ................................... 242
Figure 1-183 MJA/MJM connection for testing Optical Output Power at the Cine Side ....... 244
Figure 1-184 MJA/MJM Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection ........................................ 246
Figure 1-185 MJA/MJM Connection for Testing Receive Overload Point at the Client Side 247
Figure 1-186 Output Jitter Connection ................................................................................ 249
Figure 1-187 Input jitter tolerance of MJA /MJM Input Interface .......................................... 251
Figure 1-188 TD2C/TS2C/TS2CP connection for Testing Optical Output Power at the Line
Side .................................................................................................................................... 253
Figure 1-189 TD2C/TS2C/TS2CP Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection ........................ 254
Figure 1-190 TD2C/TS2C/TS2CP Connection for Testing Receive Overload Point at the Line
Side .................................................................................................................................... 255
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. XIV
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. XVI
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. XVII
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
TABLES
Table 1-1 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ......................... 17
Table 1-2 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ............................................. 19
Table 1-3 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ......................... 31
Table 1-4 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ............................................. 33
Table 1-5 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ......................... 45
Table 1-6 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ............................................. 47
Table 1-7 Requirements for central wavelength and offset ................................................. 53
Table 1-8 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ......................... 60
Table 1-9 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ............................................. 62
Table 1-10 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ..................... 104
Table 1-11 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ......................................... 111
Table 1-12 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ......................................... 119
Table 1-13 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ..................... 121
Table 1-14 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ..................... 134
Table 1-15 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ......................................... 136
Table 1-16 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ..................... 154
Table 1-17 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ......................................... 156
Table 1-18 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ..................... 168
Table 1-19 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ......................................... 170
Table 1-20 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ..................... 176
Table 1-21 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ......................................... 178
Table 1-22 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ......................................... 207
Table 1-23 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ..................... 209
Table 1-24 Requirements for Central Frequency and Central Frequency Deviation ............ 215
Table 1-25 Requirements for -20 dB Spectral Width of the OTU ......................................... 217
Table 1-26 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ........................ 224
Table 1-27 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ............................................ 226
Table 1-28 Requirements for Central Frequency and Central Frequency Deviation ............ 232
Table 1-29 Requirements for -20 dB Spectral Width of the OTU ......................................... 233
Table 1-30 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ............................................ 240
Table 1-31 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ........................ 242
Table 1-32 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ............................................ 249
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. XVIII
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Table 1-33 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ........................ 251
Table 1-34 Requirements for Central Frequency and Central Frequency Deviation ............ 256
Table 1-35 Requirements for -20 dB Spectral Width of the OTU ......................................... 258
Table 1-36 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ............................................ 264
Table 1-37 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ........................ 265
Table 1-38 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface ........................ 275
Table 1-39 Fixed Output Jitter Indices at the STM-N Interface ............................................ 277
Table 2-1 Requirements for the maximum channel power difference at MPI-S (S’) point . 373
Table 2-2 Requirements for the maximum channel power difference at MPI-R (R’) point . 377
Table 2-3 Requirements for the Optical Signal-to-Noise Ratio of Each Channel at MPI-R (R’)
Point ................................................................................................................................... 379
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. XIX
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1 Board Test
Acceptance DC power of OTN devices also supports the -60v voltage. The
Criteria hardware is the same. The voltage is within -50v to -70v.
Remarks N/A
Acceptance The voltage between the working ground and protection ground
Criteria terminals should be 0.
Remarks
This test is conducted under the circumstance that the bus bars
Remarks of the working ground and protection ground are separated from
each other.
This test is conducted under the circumstance that the bus bars
Remarks of the working ground and protection ground are separated from
each other.
This test is conducted under the circumstance that the bus bars
Remarks of the working ground and protection ground are separated from
each other.
Acceptance The working current should be less than the maximum rated
Criteria current under the circumstance the equipment is at full load.
Remarks N/A
1. Pass the primary power supply test. The loop switch of the
power supplies is connected, the air switch on the power alarm
plug-in box is in OFF status, and all the boards are in float
inserted state.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network
Prerequisites
data has been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been
downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected
properly.
Remarks N/A
Remarks N/A
Remarks N/A
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
Prerequisites equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS is not configured with any alarm mask.
1. Unplug the input fiber of port 1 in the OSC board. The equipment
generates an alarm.
2. The ring-interception switch of the cabinet is set to Normal.
3. The cabinet-top buzzer should beep.
Test Process
4. Set the ring-interception switch of the cabinet to off.
5. The cabinet-top buzzer should not beep.
6. Plug the input fiber of port 1 in the OSC board back after the test,
and set the alarm ring-interception switch of the cabinet to Normal.
1. There is an alarm.
2. If the alarm ring-interception switch is set to normal, the alarm
Acceptance
buzzer works properly.
Criteria
3. If the alarm ring-interception switch is set to off, the alarm buzzer
should fail.
Remarks N/A
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
C L
Variable S Sn
SDH/OTN R T Optical power meter
analyzer optical SOTU2.5G
attenuator
L
R
Rn
2. Set the SDH signal generator to send the test signals to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of
the receive optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter
equal to the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test.
Measure the Optical Output Power.
Acceptance
EA modulation: 0 dBm ~ +6dBm
Criteria
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
Remarks
test..
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
C L
Optical S Sn Variable
SDH/OTN R T
attenuator TST3 L Optical
Analyzer C 50/50
R attenuator
T Rn coupler
Test Process
Optical
power meter
2. The SDH analyzer sends the test signal to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the
C L OA+
Optical S Sn
SDH/OTN R SOTU T variable
Analyzer attenuator C 2.5G L Optical
50/50
T R attenuator
Rn coupler
Test Process
Optical
power meter
2. Set the SDH analyzers correctly, and send test signals to the
board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
C L
Variable S Sn
SDH/OTN R T Optical power meter
analyzer optical SOTU2.5G
attenuator
L
R
Rn
Test Process
2. Set the SDH signal generator to send test signals to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of
the receive optical power of SOTU2.5G.
3. Set the display wavelength range of the multi-wavelength
analyzer to display the waveform within the range in the center of the
screen, and then read and record the central wavelength value at the
peak. Calculate the central wavelength value with the formula ƒ=C/λ.
4. The difference between the central wavelength value and its
nominal value is the central wavelength offset value.
Acceptance
≤ ±12.5GHz
Criteria
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
C L
Variable S Sn
SDH/OTN R T Optical power meter
analyzer optical SOTU2.5G
attenuator
L
R
Rn
Test Process
2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer make the waveform displayed
with proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate
observation and reading.
3. Position the cursor to the peak of the primary longitudinal mode.
Find the place where the peak value has fallen by 20dB and read the
spectral width.
Acceptance
≤ 0.2nm (EA modulation); ≤ 0.5nm (direct modulation)
Criteria
The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when
Remarks
the power of the maximum peak falls by 20dB.
1.4.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
C L
Variable S Sn
SDH/OTN R T Optical power meter
analyzer optical SOTU2.5G
attenuator
L
R
Rn
Test Process
Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer so that the primary longitudinal
mode and the side mode can be displayed with proper amplitude in the
center of the screen to facilitate observation and reading.
Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary
longitudinal mode and side mode.
Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR
(dB).
Acceptance
SMSR ≧35dB
Criteria
SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary
Remarks longitudinal mode to the optical power of the most significant side
mode in full modulation under the worst reflection condition.
S CR
SDH analyzer LT Sn
Optical
SOTU2.5G
Test Optical power
R CT LR power meter
Process meter Rn
2. Set the SDH signal generator to send test signals to the board under
test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive
optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal
to the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the
Optical Output Power.
I16: -10~-3dBm
S16.1: -5~0dBm
Acceptance
S16.2: -5~0dBm
Criteria
L16.1: -2~+3dBm
L16.2: -2~+3dBm
Remarks Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
SDH/OT C L Sn
Variable S R
N 50/50 T optical
optical C SOTU2.5G L
Analyzer coupler attenuator
attenuator R T R
Rn
Optical power
meter
2. The SDH analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the
SDH analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with
BER of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a
dual-logarithmic coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to
BER of 10-12 indicates the receiver sensitivity.
I16: ≤-18dBm
S16.1: ≤-18dBm
Acceptance
S16.2: ≤-18dBm
Criteria
L16.1: ≤-27dBm
L16.2: ≤-28dBm
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Test Process 1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Input
SDH/OT C L Sn
Variable S R
N 50/50 T optical
optical C SOTU2.5G L
Analyzer coupler attenuator
attenuator R T R
Rn
Optical power
meter
2. The SDH analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than
10-12
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter
indicates the overload optical power of the receiver.
I16: ≥-3dBm
S16.1: ≥0dBm
Acceptance
S16.2: ≥0dBm
Criteria
L16.1: ≥-9dBm
L16.2: ≥-9dBm
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Optical Rd Optical
n OTU under Sd
SDH analyzer attenuat attenuator
test
or 1 2
A2
Acceptance
Criteria A1
f0 f1 f
Table 1-1 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N
Interface
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Optical Rd Optical
n OTU under Sd
SDH analyzer attenuat attenuator
test
or 1 2
Test Process 2. Set the SDH signal generator to allow the SDH output signals to
access the receive optical interface of the board under test and adjust
the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical
power of the board under test.
3. Set the receive rate of the jitter tester based on the rate level of
STM-N signals sent from the equipment. Adjust the optical attenuator,
so that the jitter tester can receive proper optical power.
4. Set the measurement filter of the jitter tester to the bandwidth
shown in the following table, and read the maximum output
peak-to-peak value of jitter.
500Hz~1.3MHz 0.30 UI
STM-1
65kHz~1.3MHz 0.10 U
1000Hz~5MHz 0.30 UI
Acceptance STM-4
250kHz~5MHz 0.10 UI
Criteria
5000Hz~20MHz 0.30 UI
STM-16
1MHz~ 2 MHz 0.10UI
20kHz~80MHz 0.30 UI
STM-64
4MHz~80MHz 0.10 UI
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
2. Set the SDH signal generator to send the test signals to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of
the receive optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter
equal to the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test.
Measure the Optical Output Power.
Acceptance ERZ:-5~-2d B m
Criteria NRZ:-5~+1d B m
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
Remarks
test..
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
C L Variable
Optical S Sn
SDH/OTN R SOTU T Optical
Analyzer attenuator C 10G L attenuator
50/50
T R
Rn coupler
Optical
power meter
2. The SDH analyzer sends the test signal to the board under test.
Test Process
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the
SDH analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with
BER of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a
dual-logarithmic coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to
BER of 10-12 indicates the receiver sensitivity.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
C L OA+varia
Optical S Sn
SDH/OTN R SOTU T ble Optical
Analyzer attenuator C 10G L attenuator
50/50
T R
Rn coupler
Optical
Test Process power meter
2. Set the SDH analyzers correctly, and send test signals to the
board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than
10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter
indicates the overload optical power of the receiver.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
C L
Variable S Sn
SDH/OTN R T Optical power meter
analyzer optical SOTU2.5G
attenuator
L
R
Rn
Test Process
2. Set the SDH signal generator to send test signals to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of
the receive optical power of SOTU2.5G.
3. Set the display wavelength range of the multi-wavelength
analyzer to display the waveform within the range in the center of the
screen, and then read and record the central wavelength value at the
peak. Calculate the central wavelength value with the formula ƒ=C/λ.
4. The difference between the central wavelength value and its
nominal value is the central wavelength offset value.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
C L
Variable S Sn
SDH/OTN R T Optical power meter
analyzer optical SOTU2.5G
attenuator
L
R
Rn
Test Process
2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer make the waveform displayed
with proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate
observation and reading.
3. Position the cursor to the peak of the primary longitudinal mode.
Find the place where the peak value has fallen by 20dB and read the
spectral width.
Acceptance NRZ≤0.3nm
Criteria RZ≤0.4nm
The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when
Remarks
the power of the maximum peak falls by 20dB.
1.5.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
C L
Variable S Sn
SDH/OTN R T Optical power meter
analyzer optical SOTU2.5G
attenuator
L
R
Rn
Test Process
Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer so that the primary longitudinal
mode and the side mode can be displayed with proper amplitude in the
center of the screen to facilitate observation and reading.
Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary
longitudinal mode and side mode.
Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR
(dB).
Acceptance
SMSR ≧35dB
Criteria
SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary
Remarks longitudinal mode to the optical power of the most significant side
mode in full modulation under the worst reflection condition.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Test Process
2. Set the SDH/IP signal generator to send test signals to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of
the receive optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter
equal to the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test.
Measure the Optical Output Power.
SDH services:
I64.1: -6~-1dBm
S64.2a: -5~-1dBm
S64.2b: -1~+2dBm
Acceptance
L64.2C: -2~+2 dBm
Criteria
10GE services:
10GBASE-LR/LW: -8.2~ +0.5 dBm
10GBASE-ER/EW: -4.5~ +4 dBm
10GBASE-SR/SW : -1~ -7.3 dBm
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
Remarks
test..
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
SDH/OT C L Sn
Variable S R
N 50/50 T optical
optical C SOTU10G L
Analyzer coupler attenuator
attenuator R T R
Rn
Optical power
meter
Test Process 2. The SDH/IP analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the
SDH analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record
it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values
with BER of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a
dual-logarithmic coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to
BER of 10-12 indicates the receiver sensitivity.
SDH services:
I64.1: ≤-11dBm
S64.2a: ≤-18dBm
S64.2b: ≤-14dBm
Acceptance
L64.2C: ≤-26 dBm
Criteria
10GE services:
10GBASE-LR/LW: ≤-14dBm
10GBASE-ER/EW: ≤-12.6dBm
10GBASE-SR/SW : ≤-11.1dBm
SDH/OT C L Sn
Variable S R
N 50/50 T Optical
Optical optical C SOTU10G L
Analyzer coupler attenuator
amplifier attenuat R T R
or Rn
2. The SDH analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than
10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter
indicates the overload optical power of the receiver.
SDH services:
I64.1: ≥-1dBm
S64.2a: ≥ -8dBm
S64.2b: ≥-1dBm
Acceptance
L64.2C: ≤-9 dBm
Criteria
10GE services:
10GBASE-LR/LW: ≥+0 .5dBm
10GBASE-ER/EW: ≥-1 dBm
10GBASE-SR/SW: ≥-1 dBm
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Optical Rd Optical
n OTU under Sd
SDH analyzer attenuat attenuator
test
or 1 2
A2
Acceptance
Criteria A1
f0 f1 f
Table 1-3 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N
Interface
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Optical Rd Optical
n OTU under Sd
SDH analyzer attenuat attenuator
test
or 1 2
Test Process 2. Set the SDH signal generator to allow the SDH output signals to
access the receive optical interface of the board under test and adjust
the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical
power of the board under test.
3. Set the receive rate of the jitter tester based on the rate level of
STM-N signals sent from the equipment. Adjust the optical attenuator,
so that the jitter tester can receive proper optical power.
4. Set the measurement filter of the jitter tester to the bandwidth
shown in the following table, and read the maximum output
peak-to-peak value of jitter.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
2. Set the SDH signal generator to send the test signals to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of
the receive optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter
equal to the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test.
Measure the Optical Output Power.
Acceptance
-5~+1d B m
Criteria
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
Remarks
test..
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
2. The SDH analyzer sends the test signal to the board under test.
Test Process 3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the
SDH analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record
it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values
with BER of 110-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a
dual-logarithmic coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to
BER of 10-12 indicates the receiver sensitivity.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
2. Set the SDH analyzer correctly, and send test signals to the board
under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than
10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter
indicates the overload optical power of the receiver.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
2. Set the SDH signal generator to send the STM-4/1 signal to the
board under test, and adjust the optical power to meet requirements of
the receive optical power of SRM41.
3. Set the display wavelength range of the multi-wavelength
analyzer to display the waveform within the range in the center of the
screen, and then read and record the central wavelength value at the
peak. Calculate the central wavelength value with the formula ƒ=C/λ.
4. The difference between the central wavelength value and its
nominal value is the central wavelength offset value.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
SDH signal A1 Ra
OUT Spectrome
generator Sd
D1 San ter
Ra
A2
Sd
D2
A3
Ra SRM
Sd
D3
Test Process Ra
A4 IN
Sd
D4
Rdn
2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer make the waveform displayed
with proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate
observation and reading.
3. Position the cursor to the peak of the primary longitudinal mode.
Find the place where the peak value has fallen by 20dB and read the
spectral width.
Acceptance NRZ≤0.3nm
Criteria RZ≤0.4nm
The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when
Remarks
the power of the maximum peak falls by 20dB.
1.6.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
SDH signal A1 Ra
OUT Spectrome
generator Sd
D1 San ter
Ra
A2
Sd
D2
A3
Ra SRM
Sd
D3
Ra
A4 IN
Test Process Sd
D4 Rdn
Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer so that the primary longitudinal
mode and the side mode can be displayed with proper amplitude in the
center of the screen to facilitate observation and reading.
Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary
longitudinal mode and side mode.
Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR
(dB).
Acceptance
SMSR ≧35dB
Criteria
SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary
Remarks longitudinal mode to the optical power of the most significant side
mode in full modulation under the worst reflection condition.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
SDH signal A1 Ra
OUT
generator D1 Sd
San
Ra
Optical A2
Sd Optical
power D2
Ra SRM attenuat
meter A3
Test Process or
Sd
D3
Ra
A4
IN
D4 Sd
Rdn
2. Set the SDH signal generator to send test signals to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of
the receive optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter
equal to the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test.
Measure the Optical Output Power.
I16: -10~-3dBm
S16.1: -5~0dBm
Acceptance
S16.2: -5~0dBm
Criteria
L16.1: -2~+3dBm
L16.2: -2~+3dBm
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
Remarks
test..
meter A4 Rdn
D4
2. The SDH analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.
Test Process 3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the
SDH analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record
it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values
with BER of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a
dual-logarithmic coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to
BER of 10-12 indicates the receiver sensitivity.
I16: ≤-18dBm
S16: ≤-18dBm
Acceptance
S16.2: ≤-18dBm
Criteria
L16.1: ≤-27dBm
L16.2: ≤-28dBm
2. The SDH analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than
10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter
indicates the overload optical power of the receiver.
I16: ≥-3dBm
S16.1: ≥0dBm
Acceptance
S16.2: ≥0dBm
Criteria
L16.1: ≥-9dBm
L16.2: ≥-9dBm
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
A1 Ra OUT
SDH analyzer Sa
D1 Sd n
Ra
A2 Opti
Sd
D2 cal
Ra SRM atten
A3
Sd uato
D3 IN r
Ra
A4
Sd Rd
D4 n
A2
Acceptance
Criteria
A1
f0 f1 f
Table 1-5 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N
Interface
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
A1 Ra OUT
SDH analyzer Sa
D1 Sd
n
Ra
A2 Opti
Sd cal
D2
Ra SRM atten
A3 uato
Sd
D3 IN r
Ra
A4
Test Process Sd Rd
D4 n
2. Set the SDH signal generator to allow the SDH output signals to
access the receive optical interface of the board under test and adjust
the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical
power of the board under test.
3. Set the receive rate of the jitter tester based on the rate level of
STM-N signals sent from the equipment. Adjust the optical attenuator,
so that the jitter tester can receive proper optical power.
4. Set the measurement filter of the jitter tester to the bandwidth
shown in the following table, and read the maximum output
peak-to-peak value of jitter.
500Hz~1.3MHz 0.30 UI
STM-1
65kHz~1.3MHz 0.10 UI
1000Hz~5MHz 0.30 UI
Acceptance STM-4
250kHz~5MHz 0.10UI
Criteria
5000Hz~20 Hz 0.30 UI
STM-16
1MHz~ 20MHz 0.10 UI
20kHz~80MHz 0.30 UI
STM-64
4MHz~80MHz 0.10 UI
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
2. Set the SDH signal generator to send the test signals to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of
the receive optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter
equal to the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test.
Measure the Optical Output Power.
Acceptance
-10~ +6d B m
Criteria
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
Remarks
test..
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
2. The SDH analyzer sends the test signal to the board under test.
Test Process 3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the
SDH analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record
it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values
with BER of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a
dual-logarithmic coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to
BER of 10-12 indicates the receiver sensitivity.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
2. Set the SDH analyzers correctly, and send test signals to the
board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than
10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter
indicates the overload optical power of the receiver.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisite
been configured properly.
s
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Optical
SDH signal A1 Ra
OUT multi-
generator Sd
D1 San wavelength
Ra meter
A2
Sd
D2
A3
Ra SRM
Sd
D3
Test Ra
A4 IN
Process Sd
D4
Rdn
2. Set the SDH signal generator to send the STM-4/1 signal to the
board under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements
of the receive optical power of SRM42.
3. Set the display wavelength range of the multi-wavelength analyzer
to display the waveform within the range in the center of the screen, and
then read and record the central wavelength value at the peak. Calculate
the central wavelength value with the formula ƒ=C/λ.
4. The difference between the central wavelength value and its
nominal value is the central wavelength offset value.
Central
No
wavelength Meet the requirements of ITU-TG.694.1
Acceptance requirement
(THz)
Criteria
≤12.5GHz (100
GHz wavelength
Central ≤ 20GHz(100
interval) No
wavelength GHz wavelength
≤5GHz (50 GHz requirement
offset (GHz) interval)
wavelength
interval)
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
SDH signal A1 Ra
OUT Spectrome
generator Sd
D1 San ter
Ra
A2
Sd
D2
A3
Ra SRM
Sd
D3
Test Process Ra
A4 IN
Sd
D4
Rdn
2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer make the waveform displayed
with proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate
observation and reading.
3. Position the cursor to the peak of the primary longitudinal mode.
Find the place where the peak value has fallen by 20dB and read the
spectral width.
Acceptance
≤0.2nm (EA modulation); ≤0.4nm (direct modulation)
Criteria
The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when
Remarks
the power of the maximum peak falls by 20dB.
1.7.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
SDH signal A1 Ra
OUT Spectrome
generator Sd
D1 San ter
Ra
A2
Sd
D2
A3
Ra SRM
Sd
D3
Ra
A4 IN
Test Process
Sd
D4 Rdn
Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer so that the primary longitudinal
mode and the side mode can be displayed with proper amplitude in the
center of the screen to facilitate observation and reading.
Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary
longitudinal mode and side mode.
Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR
(dB).
Acceptance
SMSR ≧35dB
Criteria
SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary
Remarks longitudinal mode to the optical power of the most significant side
mode in full modulation under the worst reflection condition.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
SDH signal A1 Ra
OUT
generator D1 Sd
San
Ra
Optical A2
Sd Optical
power D2
Ra SRM attenuat
meter A3
Test Process or
Sd
D3
Ra
A4
IN
D4 Sd
Rdn
2. Set the SDH signal generator to send test signals to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of
the receive optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter
equal to the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test.
Measure the Optical Output Power.
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
Remarks
test..
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
meter A4 Rdn
D4
2. The SDH analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.
Test Process 3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the
SDH analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record
it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values
with BER of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a
dual-logarithmic coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to
BER of 10-12 indicates the receiver sensitivity.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
2. The SDH analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than
10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter
indicates the overload optical power of the receiver.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
A1 Ra OUT
SDH analyzer Sa
D1 Sd n
Ra
A2 Opti
Sd
D2 cal
Ra SRM atten
A3
Sd uato
D3 IN r
Ra
A4
Sd Rd
D4 n
A2
Acceptance
Criteria
A1
f0 f1 f
Table 1-8 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N
Interface
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
A1 Ra OUT
SDH analyzer Sa
D1 Sd
n
Ra
A2 Opti
Sd cal
D2
Ra SRM atten
A3 uato
Sd
D3 IN r
Ra
A4
Test Process Sd Rd
D4 n
2. Set the SDH signal generator to allow the SDH output signals to
access the receive optical interface of the board under test and adjust
the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical
power of the board under test.
3. Set the receive rate of the jitter tester based on the rate level of
STM-N signals sent from the equipment. Adjust the optical attenuator,
so that the jitter tester can receive proper optical power.
4. Set the measurement filter of the jitter tester to the bandwidth
shown in the following table, and read the maximum output
peak-to-peak value of jitter.
500Hz~1.3MHz 0.30 U
STM-1
65kHz~1.3MHz 0.10 UI
1000Hz~5MHz 0.30 UI
Acceptance STM-4
250kHz~5MHz 0.10 UI
Criteria
5000Hz~20MHz 0.30 UI
STM-16
1MHz~20MHz 0.10 UI
20kHz~80MHz 0.30 UI
STM-64
4MHz~80MHz 0.10 UI
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
A1 Ra
OUT Optical power
D1 Sd San meter
IP signal
generator GEM
Test Process A8 Ra
D8 Sd IN
Rdn
2. Set the IP signal generator to send the test signals to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements for
the receive optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter
equal to the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test.
Measure the Optical Output Power.
GEM2/GEMF : -10~+6d B m
Acceptance GEM8:
Criteria ERZ:-5~-2d B m
NRZ:-5~+1d B m
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
Remarks
test..
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisite
been configured properly.
s
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
A1 Ra OUT Variable
optical
IP Sn attenuator
analyzer D1 Sd
GEM IN
A8 Ra
Rn
D8 Sd Optical power
meter
Test
Process
1) GEM2/GEMF
PIN: ≤-21dBm
Acceptance APD: ≤-28dBm
Criteria (2)GEM8
PIN: ≤-14dBm
APD: ≤-21dBm
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
A1 Ra OUT Variable
optical
IP Sn attenuator
analyzer D1 Sd
GEM IN
Test A8 Ra
Rn
Process D8 Sd Optical power
meter
2. Set the IP analyzers correctly, and send test signals to the board under
test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.
Accepta
PIN: ≥0 dBm;
nce
APD: ≥-9 dBm
Criteria
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point Rn when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
A1 Ra
OUT Optical multi-
D1 Sd San wavelength meter
IP signal
generator GEM
A8 Ra
D8 Sd IN
Test Rdn
Process
2. Set the IP signal generator to send test signals to the board under test,
and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements for the receive optical
power of GEM.
3. Set the display wavelength range of the multi-wavelength analyzer to
display the waveform within the range in the center of the screen, and then
read and record the central wavelength value at the peak. Calculate the
central wavelength value with the formula ƒ=C/λ.
4. The difference between the central wavelength value and its nominal
value is the central wavelength offset value.
Accepta
≤12.5GHz (100GHz wavelength interval)
nce
≤5GHz (50GHz wavelength interval)
Criteria
Remark The central wavelength refers to the actual central wavelength of the optical
s signal sent by the transmitter at reference point Sn.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
A1 Ra
OUT
D1 Sd Spectrometer
San
IP signal
generator GEM
A8 Ra
D8 Sd IN
Test Process
Rdn
2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer make the waveform displayed with
proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate observation and
reading.
3. Position the cursor to the peak of the primary longitudinal mode.
Find the place where the peak value has fallen by 20dB and read the
spectral width.
GEM2/GEMF:
≤ 0.2 nm (EA modulation)
Acceptance
GEM8:
Criteria
NRZ≤0.3nm
RZ≤0.4nm
The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when
Remarks
the power of the maximum peak falls by 20dB.
1.8.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
A1 Ra
OUT
D1 Sd Spectrometer
San
IP signal
generator GEM
A8 Ra
D8 Sd IN
Rdn
Test Process
Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer so that the primary longitudinal
mode and the side mode can be displayed with proper amplitude in the
center of the screen to facilitate observation and reading.
Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary
longitudinal mode and side mode.
Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR
(dB).
Acceptance
SMSR ≧35dB
Criteria
SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary
Remarks longitudinal mode to the optical power of the most significant side mode
in full modulation under the worst reflection condition.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
IP signal A1 Ra
OUT
generator
San
Optical power D1 Sd
meter GEM
Test
A8 Ra
Process
D8 Sd IN
Rdn
2. Set the IP signal generator to send test signals to the board under test,
and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical
power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.
1000BASE-SX: -9.5~-3dBm
Accepta 1000BASE-LX: -11~-3dBm
nce 1000BASE-(LH,LH1,LH2): -9.5~-3dBm
Criteria 1000BASE-ZX: 0~+5dBm
1000BASE-EX: 0~+5dBm
Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Optical power
meter
Variable optical A1 Ra
attenuator OUT
S
D1 Sd San
IP analyzer
GEM
A8 Ra
IN
D8 Sd
Test Rdn
Process
2. The IP analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.
1000BASE-SX: ≤-17dBm
1000BASE-LX: ≤-19dBm
Accepta 1000BASE-LH: ≤-19dBm
nce 1000BASE-LH1: ≤-18dBm
Criteria 1000BASE-LH2: ≤-15dBm
1000BASE-ZX: ≤-18dBm
1000BASE-EX: ≤-30dBm
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Optical power
meter
Variable optical A1 Ra
attenuator OUT
S
Test D1 Sd San
IP analyzer
Process GEM
A8 Ra
IN
D8 Sd
Rdn
1000BASE-SX: ≥0dBm
Accepta 1000BASE-LX: ≥-3dBm
nce 1000BASE-(LH, LH1, LH2): ≥-3dBm
Criteria 1000BASE-ZX: ≥-3dBm
1000BASE-EX: ≥-10dBm
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point R when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
2. Set the IP signal generator to send the test signals to the board under
test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements for the receive
optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.
Accepta
nce -10 ~ +6d B m
Criteria
Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Test 2. The IP analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.
Process 3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.
Accepta
PIN: ≤-21dBm
nce
APD: ≤-28dBm
Criteria
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
2. Set the IP analyzers correctly, and send test signals to the board under
test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.
Accepta
PIN: ≥0 dBm;
nce
APD: ≥-9 dBm.
Criteria
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point Rn when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Test
Process
2. Set the IP signal generator to send test signals to the board under test,
and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical
power of SDSA.
3. Set the display wavelength range of the multi-wavelength analyzer to
display the waveform within the range in the center of the screen, and then
read and record the central wavelength value at the peak. Calculate the
central wavelength value with the formula ƒ=C/λ.
4. The difference between the central wavelength value and its nominal
value is the central wavelength offset value.
Accepta
≤12.5GHz (100GHz wavelength interval)
nce
≤5GHz (50GHz wavelength interval)
Criteria
Remark The central wavelength refers to the actual central wavelength of the optical
s signal sent by the transmitter at reference point Sn.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisite
been configured properly.
s
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Data service A1 Ra
OUT1 Spectrome
signal Sd
D1 San ter
generator
Rdn IN1
SDSA
Test Process
2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer make the waveform displayed with
proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate observation and
reading.
3. Position the cursor to the peak of the primary longitudinal mode.
Find the place where the peak value has fallen by 20dB and read the
spectral width.
The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when
Remarks
the power of the maximum peak falls by 20dB.
1.9.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Data service A1 Ra
OUT1 Spectrome
signal Sd
D1 San ter
generator
Rdn IN1
SDSA
Test Process
Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer so that the primary longitudinal
mode and the side mode can be displayed with proper amplitude in the
center of the screen to facilitate observation and reading.
Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary
longitudinal mode and side mode.
Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR
(dB).
Acceptance
SMSR ≧35dB
Criteria
SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary
Remarks longitudinal mode to the optical power of the most significant side mode
in full modulation under the worst reflection condition.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Data service Ra
A1 OUT1
signal
generator D1 Sd
San
Optical
Optical attenuat
SDSA
Test power or
Process meter IN1
Rdn
Sn
2. Set the IP signal generator to send test signals to the board under test,
and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical
power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.
GE service:
1000BASE-SX: -9.5~-3dBm
1000BASE-LX: -11~-3dBm
Accepta
1000BASE-(LH,LH1,LH2): -9.5~-3dBm
nce
1000BASE-ZX: 0~+5dBm
Criteria
1000BASE-EX: 0~+5dBm
FC service:
100-SM-LC-L: -9~-3dBm
Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
GE service:
1000BASE-SX: ≤-17dBm
1000BASE-LX: ≤-19dBm
1000BASE-LH: ≤-19dBm
Accepta
1000BASE-LH1: ≤-18dBm
nce
1000BASE-LH2: ≤-15dBm
Criteria
1000BASE-ZX: ≤-18dBm
1000BASE-EX: ≤-30dBm
FC service:
100-SM-LC-L: ≤-18.2dBm
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
GE service:
1000BASE-SX: ≥0dBm
1000BASE-LX: ≥-3dBm
Accepta
1000BASE-(LH,LH1,LH2): ≥-3dBm
nce
1000BASE-ZX: ≥-3dBm
Criteria
1000BASE-EX: ≥-10dBm
FC service:
100-SM-LC-L: ≥-3dBm
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point R when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include a signal generator of IP
data services and an optical power meter.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-63 Configuration of the Average Transmit Optical Power
at the Client Side of DSAC
IP data service Ra
A1
signal Back
generator D1 Sd plane
electr
Test Process ical
Optical cross
DSAC -
power conn
meter Ra ect
A8 loopb
Sd ack
D8
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that
the IP signal generator can send the GbE signal.
2) Use the optical power meter to measure the optical power at 8
clients sides from DROP1 to DROP 8.
GE service:
1000BASE-SX: -9.5~-3dBm
1000BASE-LX: -11~-3dBm
Acceptance 1000BASE-(LH,LH1,LH2): -9.5~-3dBm
Criteria 1000BASE-ZX: 0~+5dBm
1000BASE-EX: 0~+5dBm
FC service:
100-SM-LC-L: -9~-3dBm
Remarks N/A
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include an IP analyzer, an
optical power meter, a variable optical attenuator, a 50/50 coupler,
optical fiber jumpers and the DSAC under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-64 Configuration of the Receiver Sensitivity at the Client
Side of DSAC
Variable
50/50 A1 Ra
IP analyzer optical Backpl
coupler D1 Sd ane
attenuator electric
al
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that
the IP analyzer can send the GbE signal.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator, gradually decrease the
optical power, and make sure there is no packet lost. Test for 10
seconds.
3) Read the current optical power from the meter. The value
indicates the receiver sensitivity at the client side of the DSAC board.
GE service:
1000BASE-SX: ≤-17dBm
1000BASE-LX: ≤-19dBm
1000BASE-LH: ≤-19dBm
Acceptance 1000BASE-LH1: ≤-18dBm
Criteria 1000BASE-LH2: ≤-15dBm
1000BASE-ZX: ≤-18dBm
1000BASE-EX: ≤-30dBm
FC service:
100-SM-LC-L: ≤-18.2dBm
Remarks N/A
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include an IP analyzer, an
optical power meter, a variable optical attenuator, a 50/50 coupler,
optical fiber jumpers and the DSAC under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-65 Configuration of the Minimum Overload Optical Power at
the Client Side of DSAC
Variable
50/50 A1 Ra
IP analyzer optical Backpl
coupler D1 Sd ane
attenuator electric
al
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that
the IP analyzer can send the GbE signal.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator, gradually increase the
optical power, and make sure there is no packet lost. Test for 10
seconds.
3) Read the current optical power from the meter. The value
indicates the overload optical power at the client side of the DSAC
board.
GE service:
1000BASE-SX: ≥0dBm
1000BASE-LX: ≥-3dBm
Acceptance 1000BASE-(LH,LH1,LH2): ≥-3dBm
Criteria 1000BASE-ZX: ≥-3dBm
1000BASE-EX: ≥-10dBm
FC service:
100-SM-LC-L: ≥-3dBm
Remarks N/A
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisite
been configured properly.
s
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include an IP analyzer, an optical
power meter, optical fiber jumpers and the ASMA board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-66 Configuration of the Average Transmit Optical Power at
the Line Side of ASMA
C1R Ra L1T
Optical power
C1T Sd San meter
IP
Test ASMA
analyzer L1R
Process CnT Ra
Rdn
CnT Sd
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that the
IP analyzer can send the GbE signal to ASMA and the board backplane
self-loops.
2) After the reading on the meter is stable, read and record the optical
power (unit: dBm).
Acceptance ERZ:-5~-2dBm
Criteria NRZ:-5~+1 dBm
Remarks N/A
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include an IP analyzer, an optical
power meter, a variable optical attenuator, a 50/50 coupler, optical fiber
jumpers and the ASMA under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-67 Configuration of the Receiver Sensitivity at the Line Side
of ASMA
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that the
IP analyzer can send the GbE signal to ASMA.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually decrease the
optical power with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-10 and test for 10
seconds.
3) The optical power read from the meter plus 1dB indicates the
receiver sensitivity at the line side of the ASMA board.
Optical interface at the line side:
Acceptance
PIN: ≤--14dBm(EOL), ≤--17(BOL,OTU2), ≤--16(BOL,OTU2e)
Criteria
APD: : ≤-21dBm: (EOL), ≤--24(BOL,OTU2), ≤--22(BOL,OTU2e)
Remarks N/A
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include an IP analyzer, an optical
power meter, a variable optical attenuator, an optical amplifier, a 50/50
de-multiplexer, optical fiber jumpers and the ASMA under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-68 Configuration of the Overload Optical Power at the Line
Side of ASMA
ASMA
L1R
CnT Ra
Rdn
CnT Sd
Test Process Optical power
meter
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that the
IP analyzer can send the GbE signal. Note that if the output wavelength
on the transmit port of the IP analyzer is within band C, it can be put
into the optical amplifier directly. Otherwise, you need to use an optical
transponder unit (such as SOTU10G board) to convert the wavelength
into the one within the band C.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
optical power with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-10 and test for 10
seconds.
3) The optical power read from the meter minus 0.5dB indicates the
receive overload optical power at the line side of the ASMA board.
Remarks N/A
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include an IP analyzer, a
multi-wavelength meter, optical fiber jumpers and the ASMA under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-69 Configuration of the Central Wavelength at the Line Side
of ASMA
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that the
IP analyzer can send the GbE signal to ASMA and the board backplane
self-loops.
2) Read the actual central wavelength value (unit: THz) from the
multi-wavelength meter and record it.
3) The difference between the actual central wavelength and the
nominal central wavelength is the central wavelength deviation (unit:
GHz).
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include an IP analyzer, a
spectrometer, optical fiber jumpers and the ASMA under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-70 Configuration of the Spectrum Features at the Line Side
of ASMA
C1R Ra L1T
Spectromet
-
C1T Sd San er
IP ASMA
analyzer L1R
CnT Ra
Rdn
Test Process CnT Sd
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that the
IP analyzer can send the GbE signal to ASMA and the board backplane
self-loops.
2) Set the wavelength range and amplitude of the spectrometer, in
order to show the optical spectrum in the middle of the screen.
3) Set the resolution bandwidth of the spectrometer to the minimum
value, and the wavelength scanning range is 2 nm. Read the test result
from the meter with the automatic -20dB spectral width testing function,
and record it.
Acceptance NRZ≤0.3nm
Criteria RZ≤0.4nm
Remarks N/A
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include an IP analyzer, a
spectrometer, optical fiber jumpers and the ASMA under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-71 Configuration of the Spectrum Features at the Line Side
of ASMA
C1R Ra L1T
Spectromet
-
C1T Sd San er
IP ASMA
analyzer L1R
CnT Ra
Test Process Rdn
CnT Sd
2. Test method:
1)Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that the IP
analyzer can send the GbE signal to ASMA and the board backplane
self-loops.
2) Set the wavelength range and amplitude of the spectrometer, in
order to show the optical spectrum in the middle of the screen.
3) Set the resolution bandwidth of the spectrometer to 0.1nm. Read
the test result from the meter with the automatic SMSR testing function,
and record it.
Acceptance
optical interface at the line side: ≥35dB
Criteria
Remarks N/A
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed test materials include an IP analyzer, an optical
power meter, optical fiber jumpers and the ASMA board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-72 Configuration of the Average Transmit Optical Power
at the Line Side of ASMA
IP C1R Ra L1T
analyzer
C1T Sd San
Optical power
Test Process meter ASMA
L1R
CnT Ra
Rdn
CnT Sd
2. Test method:
1)Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that the
IP analyzer can send the GbE signal to ASMA and the board
backplane self-loops.
2) After the reading on the meter is stable, read and record the
optical power (unit: dBm).
1000BASE-SX: -9.5~-3dBm
1000BASE-LX: -11~-3dBm
Acceptance
1000BASE-(LH,LH1,LH2): -9.5~-3dBm
Criteria
1000BASE-ZX: 0~+5dBm
1000BASE-EX: 0~+5dBm
Remarks N/A
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include an IP analyzer, an optical
power meter, a variable optical attenuator, a 50/50 coupler, optical fiber
jumpers and the ASMA under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-73 Configuration of the Receiver Sensitivity at the Line Side
of ASMA
Optical power
meter
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that the
IP analyzer can send the GbE signal to ASMA.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually decrease the
optical power with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-10 and test for 10
seconds.
3) The optical power read from the meter plus 1dB indicates the
receiver sensitivity at the line side of the ASMA board.
1000BASE-SX: ≤-17dBm
1000BASE-LX: ≤-19dBm
1000BASE-LH: ≤-19dBm
Acceptance
1000BASE-LH1: ≤-18dBm
Criteria
1000BASE-LH2: ≤-15dBm
1000BASE-ZX: ≤-18dBm
1000BASE-EX: ≤-30dBm
Remarks N/A
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include an IP analyzer, an optical
power meter, a variable optical attenuator, an optical amplifier, a 50/50
de-multiplexer, optical fiber jumpers and the ASMA under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-74 Configuration of the Overload Optical Power at the Line
Side of ASMA
Optical power
meter
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that the
IP analyzer can send the GbE signal to ASMA. Note that if the output
wavelength on the transmit port of the IP analyzer is within band C, it
can be put into the optical amplifier directly. Otherwise, you need to use
an optical transponder unit (such as SOTU10G board) to convert the
wavelength into the one within the band C.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
optical power with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-10 and test for 10
seconds.
3) The optical power read from the meter minus 0.5dB indicates the
receive overload optical power at the line side of the ASMA board.
1000BASE-SX: ≥0dBm
1000BASE-LX: ≥-3dBm
Acceptance
1000BASE-(LH,LH1,LH2): ≥-3dBm
Criteria
1000BASE-ZX: ≥-3dBm
1000BASE-EX: ≥-10dBm
Remarks N/A
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed test materials include an SDH signal generator, an
optical power meter, optical fiber jumpers and the SAUC board under
test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-75 Configuration of the Drop SAUC Average Transmit
Optical Power
SDH signal A1 Ra
generator D1 Sd
Optical
Test Process power
meter SAUC
A2
Ra
D2 Sd
2. Test method:
1)Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that the
SDH signal generator can send the STM-16 signal to SAUC and the
board backplane cross-connects and self-loops.
2)After the reading on the meter is stable, read and record the optical
power (unit: dBm).
I16: -10~-3dBm
S16.1: -5~0dBm
Acceptance
S16.2: -5~0dBm
Criteria
L16.1: -2~+3dBm
L16.2: -2~+3dBm
Remarks N/A
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include an SDH analyzer, an
optical power meter, a variable optical attenuator, a 50/50 coupler,
optical fiber jumpers and the board under test. The needed materials
for the test include an SDH analyzer, an optical power meter, a variable
optical attenuator, a 50/50 coupler, optical fiber jumpers and the board
under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-76 Configuration of the Drop SAUC Receiver Sensitivity
SDH Variable optical 50/50 A1 Ra
analyzer attenuator coupler D1 Sd
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that the
SDH analyzer can send the STM-16 signal to SAUC and the board
backplane cross-connects and self-loops.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually decrease the
optical power with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-10 and test for 10
seconds.
3) The optical power read from the meter plus 1dB indicates the
receiver sensitivity of the SAUC board.
I16: ≤-18dBm
S16.1: ≤-18dBm
Acceptance
S16.2: ≤-18dBm
Criteria
L16.1: ≤-27dBm
L16.2: ≤-28dBm
Remarks N/A
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 100
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include an SDH analyzer, an
optical power meter, an optical amplifier, a variable optical attenuator,
a 50/50 coupler, optical fiber jumpers and the board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-77 Configuration of the Drop SAUC Receive Overload
Optical Power
Variabl
e Ra
SDH 50/50 A1
OA optical
analyzer coupler D1 Sd
attenua
tor
SAUC
Optical A2
Test Process power D2
meter
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that
the SDH analyzer can send the STM-16 signal to SAUC and the board
backplane cross-connects and self-loops.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
optical power with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-10.
3) The optical power read from the meter minus 0.5dB indicates the
receive overload optical power of the SAUC board.
I16: ≥-3dBm
S16.1: ≥0dBm
Acceptance
S16.2: ≥0dBm
Criteria
L16.1: ≥-9dBm
L16.2: ≥-9dBm
Remarks N/A
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 101
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include an SDH analyzer, a
variable optical attenuator, optical fiber jumpers and the board under
test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-78 Configuration of the Drop SAUC Maximum Output Jitter
A1 Ra
SDH analyzer Sd
D1
SAUC
Test Process
Ra
A2
Sd
D2
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that
the SDH analyzer can send the STM-16 signal to SAUC and the board
backplane self-loops, or cross-connects and loops back.
2) Access the output jitter test function from the SDH analyzer. Set
the filter to B1 and B2 respectively for one minute. Read and record
the maximum output jitter from the SDH analyzer.
B1 (20k~80 MHz):
Acceptance ≤0.30UIp-p
Criteria B2 (4M~80 MHz):
≤0.10UIp-p
Remarks N/A
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 102
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials for the test include an SDH analyzer, a
variable optical attenuator, a de-multiplexer, optical fiber jumpers and
the board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-79 Configuration of the Drop SAUC Input Jitter Tolerance
A1 Ra
SDH analyzer Sd
D1
SAUC
Test Process
Ra
A2
Sd
D2
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that
the SDH analyzer can send the STM-16 signal to SAUC and the board
backplane self-loops or cross-connects or loops back.
2) Set the SDH analyzer to conduct the automatic test of input jitter
tolerance.
3) The test is completed. Please record the test result.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 103
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
A2
A1
f0 f1 f
Acceptance
Criteria Table 1-10 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N
Interface
Remarks N/A
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 104
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 105
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed test materials include an SDH signal generator, an
optical power meter, optical fiber jumpers and the COM board under
test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-80 Configuration of the Drop COM Average Transmit
Optical Power
SDH signal A1 Ra
generator D1 Sd
Optical
Test Process power
meter COM
A2
Ra
D2 Sd
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that
the SDH signal generator can send the STM-16 signal to COM and the
board backplane cross-connects self-loops.
2) After the reading on the meter is stable, read and record the
optical power (unit: dBm).
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 106
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
GE service:
1000BASE-SX: -9.5~-3dBm
1000BASE-LX: -11~-3dBm
1000BASE-(LH,LH1,LH2): -9.5~-3dBm
1000BASE-ZX: 0~+5dBm
Acceptance 1000BASE-EX: 0~+5dBm
Criteria SDH service:
I16: -10~-3dBm
S16.1: -5~0dBm
S16.2: -5~0dBm
L16.1: -2~+3dBm
L16.2: -2~+3dBm
Remarks
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 107
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Test environment:
1) The needed test materials include an SDH analyzer, an optical power
meter, optical fiber jumpers, a variable optical attenuator, a 50/50 coupler,
and the board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-81 Configuration of the Drop COM Receiver Sensitivity
Optical COM
Test power A2
meter D2
Process
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that the
SDH analyzer can send the STM-16 signal to COM and the board
backplane cross-connects and self-loops.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually decrease the optical
power with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-10 and test for 10 seconds.
The optical power read from the meter plus 1dB indicates the receiver
sensitivity at the line side of the COM board.
GE service:
1000BASE-SX: ≤-17dBm
1000BASE-LX: ≤-19dBm
1000BASE-LH: ≤-19dBm
1000BASE-LH1: ≤-18dBm
1000BASE-LH2: ≤-15dBm
Accepta
1000BASE-ZX: ≤-18dBm
nce
1000BASE-EX: ≤-30dBm
Criteria
SDH service:
I16: ≤-18dBm
S16.1: ≤-18dBm
S16.2: ≤-18dBm
L16.1: ≤-27dBm
L16.2: ≤-28dBm
Remark
s
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 108
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed test materials include an SDH analyzer, an optical
power meter, an optical amplifier, optical fiber jumpers, a variable
optical attenuator, a 50/50 de-multiplexer, and the COM board under
test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-82 Configuration of the Drop COM Receive Overload
Optical Power
Variable Ra
SDH 50/50 A1
OA optical
analyzer coupler D1 Sd
attenuator
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that
the SDH analyzer can send the STM-16 signal to COM and the board
backplane cross-connects self-loops.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
optical power with the BER of 10-10.
3) The optical power read from the meter minus 0.5dB indicates the
receive overload optical power at the line side of the COM board.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 109
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
GE service:
1000BASE-SX: ≥0dBm
1000BASE-LX: ≥-3dBm
1000BASE-(LH,LH1,LH2): ≥-3dBm
1000BASE-ZX: ≥-3dBm
Acceptance 1000BASE-EX: ≥-10dBm
Criteria SDH service:
I16: ≥-3dBm
S16.1: ≥0dBm
S16.2: ≥0dBm
L16.1: ≥-9dBm
L16.2: ≥-9dBm
Remarks
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 110
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Test environment:
1) The needed test materials include an SDH analyzer, optical fiber
jumpers, a variable optical attenuator and the board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-83 Configuration of the Drop COM Maximum Output Jitter
A1 Ra
SDH analyzer Sd
D1
COM
Test Process Ra
A2
Sd
D2
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that
the SDH analyzer can send the STM-16 signal to COM and the board
backplane self-loops or the backplane cross-connects and loops back.
2) Access the output jitter test function from the SDH analyzer. Set
the filter to B1 and B2 respectively for one minute. Read and record
the maximum output jitter from the SDH analyzer.
500Hz~1.3MHz 0.30 UI
STM-1
65kHz~1.3MHz 0.10 I
1000Hz~5MHz 0.30 UI
Acceptance STM-4
250kHz~5MHz 0.10 UI
Criteria
5000Hz~20MHz 0.30 UI
STM-16
1MHz~20MHz 0.10 UI
20kHz~80MHz 0.30 UI
STM-64
4MHz~80MHz 0.10 UI
Remarks
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 111
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed test materials include an SDH analyzer, a variable
optical attenuator, a de-multiplexer, optical fiber jumpers, and the
board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-84 Configuration of the Drop COM Input Jitter Tolerance
A1 Ra
SDH analyzer Sd
D1
COM
Test Process
Ra
A2
Sd
D2
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that
the SDH analyzer can send the STM-16 signal to COM and the board
backplane self-loops or cross-connects, loops back.
2) Set the SDH analyzer to conduct the automatic test of input jitter
tolerance.
3) The test is completed. Please record the test result.
Acceptance
Meet the requirements of ITU-T G.783
Criteria
Remarks N/A
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 112
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed test materials include an SDH analyzer, a variable
optical attenuator, a de-multiplexer, optical fiber jumpers, and the
board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-85 Configuration of the Drop COM Jitter Transfer Function
A1 Ra
SDH analyzer Sd
D1
COM
Ra
A2
Sd
D2
2. Test method:
Test Process
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that
the SDH analyzer can send the STM-16 signal to COM and the board
backplane self-loops or cross-connects, loops back.
2) Disconnect the board. Use the short-circuit fiber to self-loop the
SDH analyzer. Then adjust the optical attenuator, so that the tested
board can receive a proper optical power. Perform the jitter transfer
function of the analyzer to calibrate the optical power.
3) Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test,
and adjust the optical attenuator 1, so that the tested board can
receive a proper optical power. Then adjust optical attenuator 2, so
that the tested board can still receive a proper optical power.
4) Conduct the test with the jitter transfer function of the SDH
analyzer.
5) The test is completed. Please record the test result.
Acceptance
Meet the requirements of ITU-T G.783
Criteria
Remarks N/A
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 113
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include an optical power meter, optical fiber
jumpers and the SMUB/C board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-86 Configuration of the Average Transmit Optical Power
at the Client Side of SMUB/C
OUT
Optical
power
Sa meter
Test Process
SMUB/C
IN
Rd
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure.
2) After the reading on the meter is stable, read and record the
optical power (unit: dBm).
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 114
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
SDH service:
I64.1: -6~-1dBm
S64.2a: -5~-1dBm
Acceptance S64.2b: -1~+2dBm
Criteria S64.2c: -2~+2dBm
10GE service:
10GBASE-LR/LW: -8.2~ +0.5 dBm
10GBASE-ER/EW : -4.5~ +4 dBm
Remarks
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 115
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include an SDH/IP analyzer, an optical
power meter, a variable optical attenuator, a 50/50 coupler, optical
fiber jumpers and the SMUB/C board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-87 Configuration of the Receiver Sensitivity at the Client
Side of SMUB/C
Variable
SDH 50/50 A1 Ra
optical Backpl
analyzer coupler D1 Sd ane
attenuator electric
al
SMUB/C cross-
connec
Optical power A8
Ra t
Test Process meter
loopba
Sd ck
D8
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure. The
SDH/IP analyzer sends the STM-64/10GE signal to the SMUB/C
board under test.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually decrease the
optical power with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-10 and test for 10
seconds.
3) The optical power read from the meter plus 1dB indicates the
receiver sensitivity at the client side of the SMUB/C board.
SDH service:
I64.1: ≤-11dBm
S64.2a: ≤-18dBm
Acceptance S64.2b: ≤-14dBm
Criteria S64.2c: ≤-26dBm
10GE service:
10GBASE-LR/LW: ≤-12.6dBm
10GBASE-ER/EW: ≤-14.1dBm
Remarks
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 116
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include an SDH analyzer, an optical power
meter, a variable optical attenuator, an optical amplifier, a 50/50 coupler,
optical fiber jumpers and the SMUB/C board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-88 Configuration of the Receive Overload Optical Power at the
Client Side of SMUB/C
Variable Ra
SDH 50/50 A
OA optical
analyzer coupler D Sd Backpl
attenuator ane
electri
cal
Test SMUB/C cross-
Optical conne
power ct
loopba
Process meter ck
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure. The SDH
analyzer sends the STM-64 signal to the SMUB/C board under test.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the optical
power with the BER of 10-10 and test for 10 seconds.
3) The optical power read from the meter minus 0.5dB indicates the
receive overload optical power at the client side of the SMUB/C board.
SDH service:
I64.1: ≥-1dBm
Accepta S64.2a: ≥ -8dBm
nce S64.2b: ≥-1dBm
Criteria S64.2c: ≥-9dBm
10GE service
10GBASE-LR/LW: ≥+0 .5dBm
Remark
s
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 117
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include an SDH analyzer, a variable optical
attenuator, optical fiber jumpers and the board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-89 Configuration of the Output Jitter at the Client Side of
SMUB/C
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that
the SDH analyzer can send the SDH signal to SMUB/C.
2) Access the output jitter test function from the SDH analyzer. Set
the filter to B1 and B2 respectively for one minute. Read and record
the maximum output jitter from the SDH analyzer.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 118
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
500Hz~1.3MH 0.30 UI
STM-1
65kHz~1.3MHz 0.10 UI
1000Hz~5MHz 0.30 UI
Acceptance STM-4
250kHz~5MHz 0.10 UI
Criteria
5000Hz~20MHz 0.30 UI
STM-16
1MHz~20MHz 0.10 UI
20kHz~80MHz 0.30 UI
STM-64
4MHz~80MHz 0.10 UI
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 119
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include an SDH analyzer, a variable optical
attenuator, a de-multiplexer, optical fiber jumpers and the board under
test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-90 Configuration of the Input Jitter Tolerance at the Client
Side of SMUB/C
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that
the SDH analyzer can send the STM-64 signal to SMUB/C.
2) Conduct the test with the automatic input jitter tolerance testing
function of the SDH analyzer.
3) The test is completed. Please record the test result.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 120
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
A2
A1
f0 f1 f
Acceptance
Criteria
Table 1-13 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N
Interface
Remarks N/A
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 121
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include an SDH analyzer, a variable optical
attenuator, a de-multiplexer, optical fiber jumpers and the board under
test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-91 Configuration of the Jitter Transfer Function at the Client
Side of SMUB/C
Client side S
access M
Backplan
e
electrical
SDH analyzer U cross-
Test Process B/
connect
loopback
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure so that
the SDH analyzer can send the STM-64 signal to SMUB/C. Conduct
the test with the automatic input jitter tolerance testing function of the
SDH analyzer.
2) Conduct the test with the automatic input jitter tolerance testing
function of the SDH analyzer.
3) The test is completed. Please record the test result.
Acceptance
Meet the requirements of ITU-T G.783
Criteria
Remarks N/A
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 122
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include an optical power meter, optical fiber
jumpers and the board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-92 Configuration of the Average Transmit Optical Power
at the Line Side of SMUB/L
OUT
Optical
power
San meter
Test Process
SMUB/L
IN
Rdn
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure.
2) After the reading on the meter is stable, read and record the
optical power (unit: dBm).
Acceptance : ERZ:-5~-2dBm
Criteria NRZ:-3~+1 dBm
Remarks N/A
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 123
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include an SDH analyzer, an optical power
meter, a variable optical attenuator, a 50/50 coupler, optical fiber
jumpers and the SMU board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-93 Configuration of the Receiver Sensitivity at the Line Side
of SMUB/L
Variable
SDH Bo OUT 50/50
optical
analyzer ard Electr San coupler
S attenuator
at ical
M
the cross
U Optical power
conn
Test Process clie B/ meter
ection IN
nt L Rdn
sid
e
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure. The SDH
analyzer sends the SDH signal to the board at the client side.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually decrease the
optical power with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-10 and test for 10
seconds.
3) The optical power read from the meter plus 1dB indicates the
receiver sensitivity at the line side of the SMUB/L board.
optical interface at the line side:
Acceptance
PIN: ≤--14dBm(EOL), ≤--17(BOL,OTU2), ≤--16(BOL,OTU2e)
Criteria
APD: : ≤-21dBm: (EOL), ≤--24(BOL,OTU2), ≤--22(BOL,OTU2e)
Remarks
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 124
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include an SDH analyzer, an optical power
meter, a variable optical attenuator, an optical amplifier, a 50/50
de-multiplexer, optical fiber jumpers and the STM board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-94 Configuration of the Receive Overload Optical Power at the
Line Side of SMUB/L
Variable
SDH Bo OUT 50/50
optical
analyzer ard Electr San coupler
S attenuator
at ical
M
Test the cross
Optical power
conn U
Process clie B/ meter
ection IN
nt L Rdn
sid
e
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure. The SDH
analyzer sends the SDH signal to the board at the client side.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the optical
power with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-10 and test for 10 seconds.
The optical power read from the meter minus 0.5dB indicates the receive
overload optical power at the line side of the SMUB/L board.
Remark
s
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 125
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a multi-wavelength meter, optical
fiber jumpers and the board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-95 Configuration of the Central Wavelength at the Line Side
of SMUB/L
SMUB/L
Test Process
IN
Rdn
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure.
2) Read the actual central wavelength value (unit: THz) from the
multi-wavelength meter and record it.
3) The difference between the actual central wavelength and the
nominal central wavelength is the central wavelength deviation (unit:
GHz).
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 126
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a spectrometer, optical fiber
jumpers and the board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-96 Configuration of the Spectrum Features at the Line Side
of SMUB/L
OUT Spectrome
San ter
SMUB/L
Test Process
IN
Rdn
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure.
2) Set the wavelength range and amplitude of the spectrometer, in
order to show the optical spectrum in the middle of the screen.
3) Set the resolution bandwidth of the spectrometer to the minimum
value, and the wavelength scanning range is 2nm. Read the test result
from the meter with the automatic -20dB spectral width testing
function, and record it.
Acceptance NRZ≤0.3nm
Criteria RZ≤0.4nm
Remarks
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 127
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a spectrometer, optical fiber
jumpers and the board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-97 Configuration of the Spectrum Features at the Line Side
of SMUB/L
OUT Spectrome
San ter
SMUB/L
Test Process
IN
Rdn
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure.
2) Set the wavelength range and amplitude of the spectrometer, in
order to show the optical spectrum in the middle of the screen.
3) Set the resolution bandwidth of the spectrometer to 0.1nm. Read
the test result from the meter with the automatic SMSR testing
function, and record it.
Acceptance
optical interface at the line side: ≥35dB
Criteria
Remarks
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 128
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1.16 CD2/M2&M3CO2/M1&M2&M3&M4CQ2/M1CX2—1
0G Service Access Board (at the Client Side)
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 129
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
SDH signal A1 Ra
generator D1 Sd
Optical
power CO2/CQ
Test
meter Ra 2
Process A2
D2 Sd
2. Set the SDH signal generator to send test signals to the board under
test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive
optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.
SDH service:
I64.1: -6~-1dBm
S64.2a: -5~-1dBm
Accepta
S64.2b: -1~+2dBm
nce
S64.2c: -2~+2dBm
Criteria
10GE service:
10GBASE-LR/LW: -8.2~ +0.5 dBm
10GBASE-ER/EW : -4.5~ +4 dBm
Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 130
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Test
2. The SDH analyzer sends test signals to the board under test; the
Process
backplane cross-connects or loops back.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 131
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
SDH service:
I64.1: ≤-11dBm
S64.2a: ≤-18dBm
Accepta
S64.2b: ≤-14dBm
nce
S64.2c: ≤-26dBm
Criteria
10GE service:
10GBASE-LR/LW: ≤-12.6dBm
10GBASE-ER/EW : ≤-14.1dBm
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
2. The SDH analyzer sends test signals to the board under test; the
backplane cross-connects or loops back.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 132
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
SDH service:
I64.1: ≥-1dBm
S64.2a: ≥ -8dBm
Accepta
S64.2b: ≥-1dBm
nce
S64.2c: ≥-9dBm
Criteria
10GE service:
10GBASE-LR/LW: ≥+0 .5dBm
10GBASE-ER/EW : ≥-1 dBm
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point R when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then calibrate
the SDH analyzer. Pleased be noticed that you should control the receive
optical power of the meter to avoid damage to the receive interface from
strong light.
Test 2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test, and
Process adjust the optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive a proper
optical power. Make the input optical power of the SDH analyzer equal to
that of the self-looped analyzer in Step 1. Configure the test environment.
3. Test certain items with the input jitter tolerance test template of the SDH
analyzer and observe whether the test results are above the template.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 133
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
A1 Ra
SDH analyzer
D1 Sd
CO2/CQ2
Ra
A2
Sd
D2
A
Accepta
nce A2
Criteria
A1
f0 f1 f
Table 1-14 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface
1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
Remark test..
s 2. Ensure that the input optical power of the board is consistent with that of
the meter.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 134
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure,
and use the SDH analyzer to provide modulation signals to the board
under test.
Figure 1-102 Output Jitter Configuration
A1 Ra
SDH analyzer
D1 Sd
CO2/CQ2
Ra
A2
Sd
Test Process D2
2. Set the SDH signal generator to allow the SDH output signals to
access the receive optical interface of the board under test and adjust
the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical power
of the board under test.
3. Set the receive rate of the jitter tester based on the rate level of
STM-N signals sent from the equipment. Adjust the optical attenuator,
so that the jitter tester can receive proper optical power.
4. Set the measurement filter of the jitter tester to the bandwidth
shown in the following table, and read the maximum output
peak-to-peak value of jitter.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 135
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
500Hz~1.3MHz 0.30 UI
STM-1
65kHz~1.3MHz 0.10 UI
1000Hz~5MHz 0.30 UI
Acceptance STM-4
250kHz~5MHz 0.10 UI
Criteria
5000Hz~20MHz 0.30 UI
STM-16
1MHz~20MHz 0.10 UI
20kHz~80MHz 0.30 UI
STM-64
4MHz~80MHz 0.10 UI
1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
test..
Remarks
2. If o.171 and o.172 options are both available for the filter template,
select o.172 for the test.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 136
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1.17 LD2/M2LD2B/M2&M3LO2/M1&M2&M3&M4LQ2—1
0G Service Access Board (at the Line Side)
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 137
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Test
Process
2. Set the OTN signal generator to send signals to the board under test,
and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of receive optical
power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.
Accepta
nce -5~+1d B m
Criteria
Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 138
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
OUT1 OTN
San analyzer
IN1 50/50 Variable
Rdn coupler optical
LO2
LQ2 Optical attenuator
OUT2 power
San meter
IN2
Rdn
Test
Process
2. The OTN analyzer sends signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.
Accepta
PIN: ≤-14dBm
nce
APD: ≤-21dBm
Criteria
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 139
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Test
Process
2. Set the OTN analyzer correctly so that it can send signals to the board
under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.
Accepta
PIN: ≥0 dBm
nce
APD: ≥-9 dBm
Criteria
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point Rn when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 140
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure, and
use the OTN signal generator to provide modulation signals to the board
under test.
Figure 1-106 Central Wavelength Connection
OUT1
Optical multi-
wavelength
San meter
IN1
OTN signal
LO2 Rdn generator
LQ2
OUT2
Test San
IN2
Process
Rdn
2. Set the OTN signal generator to send signals to the board under test,
and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of LO2/LQ2 receive
optical power.
3. Set the display wavelength range of the multi-wavelength analyzer to
display the waveform within the range in the center of the screen, and then
read and record the central wavelength value at the peak. Calculate the
central wavelength value with the formula ƒ=C/λ.
4. The difference between the central wavelength value and its nominal
value is the central wavelength offset value.
Accepta
≤12.5GHz (100GHz wavelength interval)
nce
≤5GHz (50GHz wavelength interval)
Criteria
Remark The central wavelength refers to the actual central wavelength of the optical
s signal sent by the transmitter at reference point Sn.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 141
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
OUT1 spectromet
San er
IN1
OTN signal
LO2 Rdn generator
LQ2 OUT2
Rdn
2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer make the waveform displayed with
proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate observation and
reading.
3. Position the cursor to the peak of the primary longitudinal mode.
Find the place where the peak value has fallen by 20dB and read the
spectral width.
Acceptance NRZ≤0.3nm
Criteria RZ≤0.4nm
The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when
Remarks
the power of the maximum peak falls by 20dB.
1.17.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 142
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
OUT1 spectromet
San er
IN1
OTN signal
LO2 Rdn generator
LQ2 OUT2
San
IN2
Test Process
Rdn
Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer so that the primary longitudinal
mode and the side mode can be displayed with proper amplitude in the
center of the screen to facilitate observation and reading.
Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary
longitudinal mode and side mode.
Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR
(dB).
Acceptance
SMSR ≧35dB
Criteria
SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary
Remarks longitudinal mode to the optical power of the most significant side mode
in full modulation under the worst reflection condition.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 143
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure and
use the SDH/OTN signal generator to send signals to the board.
Figure 1-109 TST3 connection for testing Optical Output Power at line side
Variable C L Optical power
SDH/OTN S Sn
optical R T meter
analyzer TST3 L
attenuat C
or T R
Rn
Test
Process
2. Set the SDH/OTN signal generator to send test signal to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.
Accepta
P-DPSK: -5~+5dBm
nce
RZ-DQPSK: -10~+5dBm
Criteria
Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 144
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
C L
Optical S Sn Variable
SDH/OTN R T
attenuator TST3 L Optical
Analyzer C 50/50
R attenuator
T Rn coupler
Optical
power meter
Test 2. The SDH/OTN analyzer sends test signal to the board under test.
Process 3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.
Accepta
P-DPSK: ≤-14 dBm
nce
RZ-DQPSK: ≤-14 dBm
Criteria
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 145
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
C L Variable
Optical S Sn
SDH/OTN R T Optical
attenuator TST3 L
Analyzer C 50/50 attenuator
T R
Rn coupler
Test
Optical
Process power meter
2. Set the SDH/OTN analyzer correctly and send signals to the board
under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.
Accepta
P-DPSK: ≥0 dBm
nce
RZ-DQPSK: ≥0 dBm
Criteria
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point Rn when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 146
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure and
use the SDH/OTN signal generator to send modulation signals to the board
under test.
Figure 1-112 Central Wavelength Connection
C L Optical multi-
SDH/OTN S Sn
Optical R T wavelength meter
TST3 L
Analyzer attenuator C
T R
Rn
Test
Process 2. Set the SDH/OTN signal generator to send signals to the board under
test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of TST3 receive
optical power.
3. Set the display wavelength range of the multi-wavelength analyzer to
display the waveform within the range in the center of the screen, and then
read and record the central wavelength value at the peak. Calculate the
central wavelength value with the formula ƒ=C/λ.
4. The difference between the central wavelength value and its nominal
value is the central wavelength offset value.
Accepta
40-channel system: ≤±5GHz
nce
80-channel system: ≤±2.5GHz
Criteria
Remark The central wavelength refers to the actual central wavelength of the optical
s signal sent by the transmitter at reference point Sn.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 147
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure
and use the SDH/OTN signal generator to send modulation signals to
the board under test.
Figure 1-113 -20dB Spectral Width Connection
C L
SDH/OTN S Sn Spectrometer
Optical R T
analyzer TST3 L
attenuator C
T R
Rn
Test Process
2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer make the waveform displayed with
proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate observation and
reading.
3. Position the cursor to the peak of the primary longitudinal mode.
Find the place where the peak value has fallen by 20dB and read the
spectral width.
The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when
Remarks
the power of the maximum peak falls by 20dB.
1.18.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequisites configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 148
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Configure the test environment according to the following figure and use the
SDH/OTN signal generator to send modulation signals to the board under
test.
Figure 1-114 SMSR Connection
C L
SDH/OTN Optical S Sn Spectrometer
R T
attenuator TST3 L
Analyzer C
T R
Rn
Test Process
Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the resolution
of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the amplitude scale of the
spectrometer so that the primary longitudinal mode and the side mode can
be displayed with proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate
observation and reading.
Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary
longitudinal mode and side mode.
Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR (dB).
Acceptance
SMSR ≧35dB
Criteria
SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary
Remarks longitudinal mode to the optical power of the most significant side mode in
full modulation under the worst reflection condition.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 149
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
C L Sn
S R
TST3 T
Optical power RC L
Test
meter T R
Process Rn
2. Set the SDH/OTN signal generator to send signals to the board under
test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of receive optical
power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.
Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 150
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
SDH/OT C L Sn
Variable S R
N 50/50 T optical
optical C TST3 L
Analyzer coupler attenuator
attenuator R T R
Rn
Optical power
meter
Test
Process 2. The SDH/OTN analyzer sends signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.
SDH service:
Accepta VSR2000-3R2: ≤-5dBm
nce 40GE service:
Criteria 40GBASE-LR4: ≤-13.7dBm(single channel), refer to the test method of CS4
board.
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 151
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
SDH/OT C L Sn
Variable S R
N 50/50 T optical
optical C TST3 L
Analyzer coupler attenuator
attenuator R T R
Rn
Test
Process Optical power
meter
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point R when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 152
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then calibrate
the SDH analyzer. Pleased be noticed that you should control the receive
optical power of the meter to avoid damage to the receive interface from
strong light.
Test 2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test, and
Process adjust the optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive a proper
optical power. Make the input optical power of the SDH analyzer equal to
that of the self-looped analyzer in Step 1. Configure the test environment.
3. Test certain items with the input jitter tolerance test template of the SDH
analyzer and observe whether the test results are above the template.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 153
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Optical Rd Optical
n Sd
SDH analyzer attenuat TST3 attenuator
or 1 2
A2
Accepta
nce
Criteria
A1
f0 f1 f
Table 1-16 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface
1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
Remark test..
s 2. Ensure that the input optical power of the board is consistent with that of
the meter.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 154
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Optical Rd Optical
n Sd
SDH analyzer attenuat TST3 attenuator
or 1 2
Test Process 2. Set the SDH signal generator to allow the SDH output signals to
access the receive optical interface of the board under test and adjust
the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical power
of the board under test.
3. Set the receive rate of the jitter tester based on the rate level of
STM-N signals sent from the equipment. Adjust the optical attenuator,
so that the jitter tester can receive proper optical power.
4. Set the measurement filter of the jitter tester to the bandwidth
shown in the following table, and read the maximum output
peak-to-peak value of jitter.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 155
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
500Hz~1.3MHz 0.30 UI
STM-1
65kHz~1.3MHz 0.10 UI
1000Hz~5MHz 0.30 UI
Acceptance STM-4
250kHz~5MHz 0.10UI
Criteria
5000Hz~20MHz 0.30 UI
STM-16
1MHz~20MHz 0.10 UI
20kHz~80MHz 0.30 UI
STM-64
4MHz~80MHz 0.10 UI
1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
test..
Remarks
2. If o.171 and o.172 options are both available for the filter template,
select o.172 for the test.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 156
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 157
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
IP/SDH/ S C1R
Optical LT
OTN R C1T Optical power
attenuator Sn
Analyzer C2R MQT 3 meter
C2T
Test C3R
Process C3T LR
C4R
C4T Rn
2. Set the SDH/OTN signal generator to send test signal to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.
Accepta
P-DPSK: -5~+5dBm
nce
RZ-DQPSK: -10~+5dBm
Criteria
Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 158
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
IP/ SDH
C1
/ OTN Optical S
Analyzer R LT Variable
attenuator R C1T
C2 Sn Optical
MQT 3
R attenuator
C2T
C3 50 / 50
R coupler
C3T LR
C4
R
C4T Rn Optical power
meter
Test
2. The SDH/OTN analyzer sends test signal to the board under test.
Process
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.
Accepta
P-DPSK: ≤-14 dBm
nce
RZ-DQPSK: ≤-14 dBm
Criteria
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 159
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
2. Set the SDH/OTN analyzer correctly and send signals to the board
under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.
Accepta
P-DPSK: ≥0 dBm
nce
RZ-DQPSK: ≥0 dBm
Criteria
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point Rn when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 160
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
C L Optical multi-
SDH/OTN S Sn
Optical R MQT3 T wavelength meter
Analyzer attenuator C L
T R
Rn
Test
Process 2. Set the SDH/OTN signal generator to send signals to the board under
test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of MQT3 receive
optical power.
3. Set the display wavelength range of the multi-wavelength analyzer to
display the waveform within the range in the center of the screen, and then
read and record the central wavelength value at the peak. Calculate the
central wavelength value with the formula ƒ=C/λ.
4. The difference between the central wavelength value and its nominal
value is the central wavelength offset value.
Accepta
40-channel system: ≤±5GHz
nce
80-channel system: ≤±2.5GHz
Criteria
Remark The central wavelength refers to the actual central wavelength of the optical
s signal sent by the transmitter at reference point Sn.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 161
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when
Remarks
the power of the maximum peak falls by 20dB.
1.19.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequisites configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 162
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Configure the test environment according to the following figure and use
the SDH/OTN signal generator to send modulation signals to the board
under test.
Figure 1-125 SMSR Connection
C L
SDH/OTN S Sn Spectrometer
Optical R T
MQT3 L
Analyzer attenuator C
T R
Rn
Test Process
Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the amplitude
scale of the spectrometer so that the primary longitudinal mode and the
side mode can be displayed with proper amplitude in the center of the
screen to facilitate observation and reading.
Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary
longitudinal mode and side mode.
Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR (dB).
Acceptance
SMSR ≧35dB
Criteria
SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary
Remarks longitudinal mode to the optical power of the most significant side mode in
full modulation under the worst reflection condition.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 163
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Optical S C1R
IP LT
attenuator R C1T
SDH/OTN C2R MQT 3 Sn
Analyzer
C2T 光 Optical
光 光 光
Test C3R attenuator
Optical power
C3T
Process meter LR
C4R
C4T Rn
2. Set the SDH/OTN signal generator to send signals to the board under
test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of receive optical
power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.
SDH service:
I64.1: -6~-1dBm
S64.2a: -5~-1dBm
Accepta S64.2b: -1~+2dBm
nce 10GE service:
Criteria 10GBASE-LR/LW: -8.2~ +0.5 dBm
10GBASE-ER/EW : -4.5~ +4 dBm
10GFC service:
1200-SM-LL-L: -8.2~ +0.5 dBm
Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 164
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
SDH service:
I64.1: ≤-11dBm
S64.2a: ≤-18dBm
Accepta S64.2b: ≤-14dBm
nce 10GE service:
Criteria 10GBASE-LR/LW: ≤ -14dBm
10GBASE-ER/EW : ≤-14dBm
10GFC service:
1200-SM-LL-L: ≤ -14dBm
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 165
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 166
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
SDH service:
I64.1: ≥-1dBm
S64.2a: ≥ -8dBm
Accepta S64.2b: ≥-1dBm
nce 10GE service:
Criteria 10GBASE-LR/LW: ≥+0 .5dBm
10GBASE-ER/EW : ≥-1 dBm
10GFC service:
1200-SM-LL-L: ≥+0 .5dBm
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point R when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 167
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
A2
Accepta
nce
Criteria
A1
f0 f1 f
Table 1-18 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface
1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
Remark test..
s 2. Ensure that the input optical power of the board is consistent with that of
the meter.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 168
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Test Process 2. Set the SDH/OTN signal generator to allow the SDH output signals
to access the receive optical interface of the board under test and adjust
the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical power
of the board under test.
3. Set the receive rate of the jitter tester based on the rate level of
STM-N signals sent from the equipment. Adjust the optical attenuator,
so that the jitter tester can receive proper optical power.
4. Set the measurement filter of the jitter tester to the bandwidth
shown in the following table, and read the maximum output
peak-to-peak value of jitter.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 169
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
STM Peak-to-Peak
Test Filter
INTERFACE Value of Jitter
500Hz~1.3MHz 0.30 UI
STM-1
65kHz~1.3MHz 0.10 UI
1000Hz~5MHz 0.30 UI
Acceptance STM-4
250kHz~5MHz 0.10 UI
Criteria
5000Hz~20MHz 0.30 UI
STM-16
1MHz~20MHz 0.10UI
20kHz~80MHz 0.30 UI
STM-64
4MHz~80MHz 0.10 UI
1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
test..
Remarks
2. If o.171 and o.172 options are both available for the filter template,
select o.172 for the test.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 170
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 171
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
SDH signal A1 Ra
generator D1 Sd
Optical
power
Test meter CS3
Process
2. Set the SDH signal generator to send test signals to the board under
test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive
optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.
Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 172
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Test
2. The SDH analyzer sends test signals to the board under test; the
Process
backplane cross-connects or loops back.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.
SDH service:
Accepta VSR2000-3R2: ≤-5dBm
nce 40GE service:
Criteria 40GBASE-LR4: ≤-13.7dBm(single channel). For the test, refer to the CS4
board test method.
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 173
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
2. The SDH analyzer sends test signals to the board under test; the
backplane cross-connects or loops back.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point R when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 174
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then calibrate
the SDH analyzer. Pleased be noticed that you should control the receive
optical power of the meter to avoid damage to the receive interface from
strong light.
Test 2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test, and
Process adjust the optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive a proper
optical power. Make the input optical power of the SDH analyzer equal to
that of the self-looped analyzer in Step 1. Configure the test environment.
3. Test certain items with the input jitter tolerance test template of the SDH
analyzer and observe whether the test results are above the template.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 175
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
A2
Accepta
nce
Criteria
A1
f0 f1 f
Table 1-20 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface
1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
Remark test..
s 2. Ensure that the input optical power of the board is consistent with that of
the meter.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 176
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Test Process
2. Set the SDH signal generator to allow the SDH output signals to
access the receive optical interface of the board under test and adjust
the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical power
of the board under test.
3. Set the receive rate of the jitter tester based on the rate level of
STM-N signals sent from the equipment. Adjust the optical attenuator,
so that the jitter tester can receive proper optical power.
4. Set the measurement filter of the jitter tester to the bandwidth
shown in the following table, and read the maximum output
peak-to-peak value of jitter.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 177
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
500Hz~1.3MHz 0.30 UI
STM-1
65kHz~1.3MHz 0.10 UI
1000Hz~5MHz 0.30 UI
Acceptance STM-4
250kHz~5MHz 0.10 UI
Criteria
5000Hz~20MHz 0.30 UI
STM-16
1MHz~20MHz 0.10 UI
20kHz~80MHz 0.30 UI
STM-64
4MHz~80MHz 0.10 UI
1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
test..
Remarks
2. If o.171 and o.172 options are both available for the filter template,
select o.172 for the test.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 178
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 179
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Test
Process
2. Set the OTN signal generator to send signals to the board under test,
and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of receive optical
power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.
Accepta
RZ-DQPSK: -10~5dBm
nce
P-DPSK: -5~+1dBm
Criteria
Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 180
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
OUT1 OTN
San analyzer
IN1 50/50 Variable
Rdn coupler optical
LS3 Optical attenuator
power
meter
Test
Process
2. The OTN analyzer sends signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.
Accepta
RZ-DQPSK: ≤-14 dBm
nce
P-DPSK: ≤-14 dBm
Criteria
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 181
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Test
Process
2. Set the OTN analyzer correctly so that it can send signals to the board
under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.
Accepta
RZ-DQPSK: ≥0 dBm
nce
P-DPSK: ≥0 dBm
Criteria
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point Rn when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 182
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Test
Process
2. Set the OTN signal generator to send test signals to the board under
test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive
optical power of LS3.
3. Set the display wavelength range of the multi-wavelength analyzer to
display the waveform within the range in the center of the screen, and then
read and record the central wavelength value at the peak. Calculate the
central wavelength value with the formula ƒ=C/λ.
4. The difference between the central wavelength value and its nominal
value is the central wavelength offset value.
Accepta
40-channel system: ≤±5GHz
nce
80-channel system: ≤±2.5GHz
Criteria
Remark The central wavelength refers to the actual central wavelength of the optical
s signal sent by the transmitter at reference point Sn.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 183
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Test Process
2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer make the waveform displayed with
proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate observation and
reading.
3. Position the cursor to the peak of the primary longitudinal mode.
Find the place where the peak value has fallen by 20dB and read the
spectral width.
Acceptance
≤0.6nm
Criteria
The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when
Remarks
the power of the maximum peak falls by 20dB.
1.21.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 184
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Test Process
Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer so that the primary longitudinal
mode and the side mode can be displayed with proper amplitude in the
center of the screen to facilitate observation and reading.
Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary
longitudinal mode and side mode.
Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR
(dB).
Acceptance
SMSR ≧35dB
Criteria
SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary
Remarks longitudinal mode to the optical power of the most significant side mode
in full modulation under the worst reflection condition.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 185
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
A1 Ra Optical
OUT
Sd power
D1 San meter
IP data
service signal FCA
Test generator A8 Ra
Process D8 Sd IN
Rdn
2. Set the IP signal generator to send the test signals to the board under
test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements for the receive
optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.
Accepta
nce -5~+1d B m
Criteria
Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 186
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
A1 Ra Variable
OUT 50/50
Sd optical
D1 San coupler
attenuator
IP analyzer FCA
A8 Ra Optical
D8 Sd IN power meter
Rdn
Test
2. The IP analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.
Process
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.
Accepta
PIN: ≤-14dBm
nce
APD: ≤-21dBm
Criteria
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 187
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
2. Set the IP analyzers correctly, and send test signals to the board under
test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.
Accepta
PIN: ≥0 dBm;
nce
APD: ≥-9 dBm.
Criteria
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point Rn when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 188
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Accepta
≤12.5GHz (100GHz wavelength interval)
nce
≤5GHz (50GHz wavelength interval)
Criteria
Remark The central wavelength refers to the actual central wavelength of the optical
s signal sent by the transmitter at reference point Sn.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 189
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
A1 Ra
OUT Spectrome
D1 Sd ter
San
IP data
service signal FCA
generator A8 Ra
Test Process D8 Sd IN
Rdn
2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer make the waveform displayed with
proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate observation and
reading.
3. Position the cursor to the peak of the primary longitudinal mode.
Find the place where the peak value has fallen by 20dB and read the
spectral width.
Acceptance NRZ≤0.3nm
Criteria RZ≤0.4nm
The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when
Remarks
the power of the maximum peak falls by 20dB.
1.22.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 190
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
A1 Ra
OUT Spectrome
D1 Sd ter
San
IP data
service signal FCA
generator A8 Ra
D8 Sd IN
Test Process
Rdn
Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the amplitude
scale of the spectrometer so that the primary longitudinal mode and the
side mode can be displayed with proper amplitude in the center of the
screen to facilitate observation and reading.
Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary
longitudinal mode and side mode.
Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR (dB).
Acceptance
SMSR ≧35dB
Criteria
SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary
Remarks longitudinal mode to the optical power of the most significant side mode
in full modulation under the worst reflection condition.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 191
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
IP data Ra
A1 OUT
service signal
generator D1 Sd
San
Optical
Optical
FCA attenuat
Test power
Ra or
Process meter A8
Sd IN
D8
Rdn
2. Set the IP signal generator to send test signals to the board under test,
and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical
power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.
FC service:
100-SM-LC-L: -9~-3 dBm
200-SM-LC-L : -11~-3dBm
400-SM-LC-L: -8~-1dBm
Accepta
GE service:
nce
1000BASE-SX: -9.5~-3dBm
Criteria
1000BASE-LX: -11~-3dBm
1000BASE-(LH,LH1,LH2): -9.5~-3dBm
1000BASE-ZX: 0~+5dBm
FC service: : 1000BASE-EX: 0~+5dBm
Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 192
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Variable
50/50 A1 Ra OUT
IP analyzer optical
coupler D1 Sd San
attenuator Optical
FCA attenuat
Optical
Ra or
power A8 IN
Sd Rdn
meter D8
Test
Process 2. The IP analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 193
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
FC service:
100-SM-LC-L : ≤-18dBm
200-SM-LC-L: ≤-18dBm
400-SM-LC-L: ≤-15dBm
GE service:
Accepta
1000BASE-SX: ≤-17dBm
nce
1000BASE-LX: ≤-19dBm
Criteria
1000BASE-LH: ≤-19dBm
1000BASE-LH1: ≤-18dBm
1000BASE-LH2: ≤-15dBm
1000BASE-ZX: ≤-18dBm
FC service: : 1000BASE-EX: ≤-30dBm
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 194
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Variable
50/50 A1 Ra OUT
IP analyzer optical
coupler D1 Sd San
attenuator optical
FCA attenuat
Test Optical
Ra or
Process power A8 IN
Sd Rdn
meter D8
FC service:
100-SM-LC-L: ≥-3dBm
200-SM-LC-L: ≥0dBm
400-SM-LC-L: ≥-1dBm
Accepta
GE service:
nce
1000BASE-SX: ≥0dBm
Criteria
1000BASE-LX: ≥-3dBm
1000BASE-(LH,LH1,LH2): ≥-3dBm
1000BASE-ZX: ≥-3dBm
FC service: : 1000BASE-EX: ≥-10dBm
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point R when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 195
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
MOM2
Test
LR
Process Cn S Rn
Cn
R R
T
2. Set the SDH/OTN signal generator to send test signal to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.
Accepta
nce -5 ~ +1dBm
Criteria
Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 196
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Cn S Rn
Cn
R R
Optical power
Test T meter
Process
2. The SDH/OTN analyzer sends test signal to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.
Accepta
APD: ≤ -21dBm
nce
PIN: ≤ -14dBm
Criteria
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 197
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
2. Set the SDH/OTN analyzer correctly and send signals to the board
under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.
Accepta
APD: ≥-9dBm
nce
PIN: ≥0dBm
Criteria
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point Rn when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 198
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
MOM2
LR
Cn S Rn
Test
Cn
R R
Process T
2. Set the SDH/OTN signal generator to send test signals to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements for the
receive optical power of MOM2.
3. Set the display wavelength range of the multi-wavelength analyzer to
display the waveform within the range in the center of the screen, and then
read and record the central wavelength value at the peak. Calculate the
central wavelength value with the formula ƒ=C/λ.
4. The difference between the central wavelength value and its nominal
value is the central wavelength offset value.
Accepta
≤12.5GHz (100GHz wavelength interval)
nce
≤5GHz (50GHz wavelength interval)
Criteria
Remark The central wavelength refers to the actual central wavelength of the optical
s signal sent by the transmitter at reference point Sn.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 199
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
MOM2
LR
Cn S Rn
Test Process Cn
R R
T
2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer make the waveform displayed with
proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate observation and
reading.
3. Position the cursor to the peak of the primary longitudinal mode.
Find the place where the peak value has fallen by 20dB and read the
spectral width.
Acceptance NRZ≤0.3nm
Criteria RZ≤0.4nm
The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when
Remarks
the power of the maximum peak falls by 20dB.
1.23.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 200
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Configure the test environment according to the following figure and use
the SDH/OTN signal generator to send modulation signals to the board
under test.
Figure 1-156 SMSR Connection
C1
SDH/OTN S
analyzer R
C1 LT
Spectrometer
R Sn
T
MOM2
LR
Cn S Rn
Test Process Cn
R R
T
Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer so that the primary longitudinal
mode and the side mode can be displayed with proper amplitude in the
center of the screen to facilitate observation and reading.
Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary
longitudinal mode and side mode.
Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR
(dB).
Acceptance
SMSR ≧35dB
Criteria
SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary
Remarks longitudinal mode to the optical power of the most significant side mode
in full modulation under the worst reflection condition.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 201
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
2. Set the SDH/OTN signal generator to send signals to the board under
test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of receive optical
power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 202
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
SDH service:
I16: -10~-3dBm
S16.1: -5~0dBm
L16.1: -2~+3dBm
L16.2: -2~+3dBm
FC service:
Accepta
100-SM-LC-L: -9~-3 dBm
nce
200-SM-LC-L : -11~-3dBm
Criteria
: GE service:
1000BASE-SX: -9.5~-3dBm
1000BASE-LX: -11~-3dBm
1000BASE-(LH,LH1,LH2): -9.5~-3dBm
1000BASE-ZX: 0~+5dBm
1000BASE-EX: 0~+5dBm
Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 203
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
SDH service:
I16: ≤-18dBm
S16.1: ≤-18dBm
L16.1: ≤-27dBm
L16.2: ≤-28dBm
FC service:
100-SM-LC-L : ≤-18dBm
Accepta
200-SM-LC-L: ≤-18dBm
nce
: GE service:
Criteria
1000BASE-SX: ≤-17dBm
1000BASE-LX: ≤-19dBm
1000BASE-LH: ≤-19dBm
1000BASE-LH1: ≤-18dBm
1000BASE-LH2: ≤-15dBm
1000BASE-ZX: ≤-18dBm
1000BASE-EX: ≤-30dBm
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 204
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 205
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
SDH service:
I16: ≥-3dBm
S16.1: ≥0dBm
L16.1: ≥-9dBm
L16.2: ≥-9dBm
FC service:
Accepta
100-SM-LC-L: ≥-3dBm
nce
200-SM-LC-L: ≥0dBm
Criteria
: GE service:
1000BASE-SX: ≥0dBm
1000BASE-LX: ≥-3dBm
1000BASE-(LH,LH1,LH2): ≥-3dBm
1000BASE-ZX: ≥-3dBm
1000BASE-EX: ≥-10dBm
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point R when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 206
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
C1
SDH/OTN Variable optical S
R
C1 LT
analyzer attenuator R
T
Sn
optical
MOM2 attenuator
LR
Cn S Rn
Cn
R R
Test Process T
2. Set the SDH signal generator to allow the SDH output signals to
access the receive optical interface of the board under test and adjust
the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical power
of the board under test.
3. Set the receive rate of the jitter tester based on the rate level of
STM-N signals sent from the equipment. Adjust the optical attenuator,
so that the jitter tester can receive proper optical power.
4. Set the measurement filter of the jitter tester to the bandwidth
shown in the following table, and read the maximum output
peak-to-peak value of jitter.
500Hz~1.3MHz 0.30 UI
STM-1
65kHz~1.3MHz 0.10 UI
1000Hz~5MHz 0.30 UI
Acceptance STM-4
250kHz~5MHz 0.10 UI
Criteria
5000Hz~20MHz 0.30 UI
STM-16
1MHz~20MHz 0.10 UI
20kHz~80MHz 0.30 UI
STM-64
4MHz~80MHz 0.10 UI
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 207
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
test..
Remarks
2. If o.171 and o.172 options are both available for the filter template,
select o.172 for the test.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then calibrate
the SDH analyzer. Pleased be noticed that you should control the receive
optical power of the meter to avoid damage to the receive interface from
strong light.
Test 2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test, and
Process adjust the optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive a proper
optical power. Make the input optical power of the SDH analyzer equal to
that of the self-looped analyzer in Step 1. Configure the test environment.
3. Test certain items with the input jitter tolerance test template of the SDH
analyzer and observe whether the test results are above the template.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 208
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
C1
SDH/OTN Variable optical S
R
C1 LT
analyzer attenuator R
T
Sn
optical
MOM2 attenuator
LR
Cn S Rn
Cn
R R
T
A2
Accepta
nce
Criteria
A1
f0 f1 f
Table 1-23 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface
1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
Remark test..
s 2. Ensure that the input optical power of the board is consistent with that of
the meter.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 209
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 210
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the IP/SDH
signal generator to provide signals for the board.
A1 S
OUT Optical power
D1 R meter
Sn
Test
IP/SDH signal MQA1/
Process generator MQM1
A2 S
D2 R IN
Rn
2. Set the IP/SDH signal generator to send the test signals to the board under test,
and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter constant
to the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the
optical output power.
Accepta
nce -3 to +6 d B m
Criteria
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 211
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Test 2. The SDH analyzer and IP analyzer send test signals to the board under
Process test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.
Accepta
PIN: ≤-18dBm
nce
APD: ≤-: GE service:: : : : : : 25dBm
Criteria
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 212
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
2. The SDH analyzer and IP analyzer send test signals to the board under
test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.
Accepta
PIN≥0 dBm
nce
APD≥-9 dBm
Criteria
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point R when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 213
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the SDH signal
generator to provide modulation signals for the board under test.
A1 S
OUT Optical multi-wavelength
D1 R meter
Sn
IP/SDH signal MQA1/
generator MQM1
A2 S
Test D2 R IN
Rn
Process
2. Set the IP signal generator to send GbE LAN (or WAN) signals to the OTU
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive
optical power of the MQA1 board.
3. Set the display wavelength range of the multi-wavelength analyzer, display the
waveform within the range in the center of the screen, and then read and record the
central frequency value at the peak. Calculate the central frequency value with the
formula ƒ=C/λ.
4. The difference between the central frequency value and its nominal
value is the central frequency deviation value.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 214
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. The central frequency and central frequency deviation of the boards with the
rate at STM-64 or below should meet the following requirements.
Remark The central frequency refers to the actual central frequency of the optical
s signal sent by the sender at reference point Sn.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 215
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
A1 S
OUT
R Spectrometer
D1 Sn
IP MQA1/
analyzer
MQM1
and SDH
analyzer A2 S board
D2 R IN
Rn
Test Process
2. Set the SDH signal generator to allow the SDH output signals to
access the receive optical interface of the board under test and adjust
the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical power
of the board under test.
3. Set the receive rate of the jitter tester based on the rate level of
STM-N signals sent from the equipment. Adjust the optical attenuator,
so that the jitter tester can receive proper optical power.
4. Set the measurement filter of the jitter tester to the bandwidth
shown in the following table, and read the maximum output
peak-to-peak value of jitter.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 216
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. The -20 dB spectral width of the OTU with the rate at 10G or below should
meet the requirements in the following table.
2.5G OTU at
10G OTU at
the
the receiving
transmitting OTU at the
OTU Type end
end receiving end
Regenerator
Regenerator
Acceptance 10G OTU
2.5G OUT
Criteria
≤0.2 (with EA
-20 dB modulate)
No
Spectral Width ≤0.4 (with ≤0.3
requirements
(nm) direct
modulate)
2. For the boards with the rate at 40G,
O DB/PSBT: 0.6 nm
P-DPSK: 0.7 nm
DP-QPSK: 0.17 nm
The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when
Remarks
the power of the maximum peak falls by 20dB..
1.24.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 217
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Configure the test environment according to the following figure and use
the IP and SDH signal generator to send modulation signals to the
board under test.
Figure 1-1 SMSR Connection
A1 Ra
OUT
D1 Sd
Spectrometer
San
IP signal
generator GEM
A8 Ra
D8 Sd IN
Test Process Rdn
Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer so that the primary longitudinal
mode and the side mode can be displayed with proper amplitude in the
center of the screen to facilitate observation and reading.
Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary
longitudinal mode and side mode.
Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR
(dB).
Acceptance
SMSR ≧35dB.
Criteria
SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary
Remarks longitudinal mode to the optical power of the most significant side mode
in full modulation under the worst reflection condition.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. EMS software has been installed, and network data has been configured
ites properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 218
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the SDH signal
generator to provide signals for the board.
IP/SDH signal A1 S
OUT
generator
Sn
Optical D1 R
Test MQA1/
power meter
MQM1
Process
IN
Rn
2. Set the SDH/IP signal generator to send SDH/GE/FC signals to the board under
test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical
power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter constant to the
transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the optical output
power.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 219
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. EMS software has been installed, and network data has been configured
ites properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. The input signals of
the board under test are in the 1550 nm window.
Test Rn
Process 2. Set the IP/SDH signal generator to send SDH/GE/FC signals to the board under
test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the attenuation value
with the Bit Error Rate (BER) of10-7.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat Step 3 and Step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER of
10-8, 10-9, 10-10, and 10-11 respectively.
6. Based on extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic coordinate
paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10 -12 indicates the receiver
sensitivity.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 220
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. EMS software has been installed, and network data has been configured
ites properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 221
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. The input signals of
the board under test are in the 1550 nm window.
2. Set the IP/SDH signal generator to send SDH/GE/FC signals to the board under
test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the attenuation
value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. Read the optical power value from the optical power meter. This optical power
indicates the overload optical power of the receiver.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 222
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. EMS software has been installed, and network data has been configured
ites properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then calibrate the SDH
analyzer.
Note: You should control the receive optical power of the meter to protect the receive
interface from being damaged by strong light.
Test 2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test, and adjust the
Process optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive proper optical power. Make
the input optical power of the SDH analyzer constant to that of the self-looped
analyzer in Step 1. Configure the test environment.
3. Test certain items with the input jitter tolerance test template of the SDH
analyzer and observe whether the test results are above the template.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 223
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Line-side loopback
P1
SDH signal
generator CR MQA1/MQM1 CT Jitter Analyzer
A2
Acceptan A1
ce f0 f1 f
Criteria
Table 1-26 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N
Interface
f1
STM Level f0 (kHz) A1 (UIp-p) A2 (UIp-p)
(kHz)
1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test.
Remarks 2. Ensure that the input optical power of the board is consistent with that of the
meter.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 224
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
2. EMS software has been installed, and network data has been configured
Prerequisite
properly.
s
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the SDH
signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board under test.
Line-side loopback
P1
SDH signal
generator CR MQA1/MQM1 CT Jitter Analyzer
Test Process
2. Set the SDH signal generator to allow the SDH output signals to access the
receive optical interface of the board under test and adjust the optical power to
meet the requirements of the receive optical power of the board under test.
3. Set the receive rate of the jitter analyzer based on the rate level of STM-N
signals sent from the equipment. Adjust the optical attenuator, so that the jitter
analyzer can receive proper optical power.
4. Set the measurement filter of the jitter analyzer to the bandwidth listed in the
following table, and read the maximum output peak-to-peak value of jitter.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 225
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Peak-to-Peak Value
STM Interface Test Filter
of Jitter
1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test.
Remarks 2. If o.171 and o.172 options are both available for the filter template, select
o.172 for the test.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
2. EMS software has been installed, and network data has been configured
Prerequisites properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 226
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then calibrate the
SDH analyzer.
Note: You should control the receive optical power of the meter to protect the
receive interface from being damaged by strong light.
2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test, and adjust
Test Process
the optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive proper optical power.
Make the input optical power of the SDH analyzer constant to that of the
self-looped analyzer in Step 1. Configure the test environment.
3. Perform the test with the corresponding test items and templates of the SDH
analyzer and observe whether the test results are under the templates.
1. 2.5G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of ITU-T
G.958.
Acceptance 2. 10G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of ITU-T
Criteria G0.783.
3. 40G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of ITU-T
G0.8251.
1. Jitter transfer function refers to the relationship between the variation in jitter
frequencies and the ratio of output-signal jitter to input-signal jitter for the
Remarks equipment.
2. If the actual input tolerance rate of the equipment has a margin, it is allowed
to properly increase the jitter range of test signals.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 227
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. EMS software has been installed, and network data has been configured
ites properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the IP/SDH
signal generator to provide signals for the board.
A1 S
OUT Optical power
D1 R meter
Sn
Test
IP/SDH signal MQA2/
Process generator MQM2
A2 S
D2 R IN
Rn
2. Set the IP/SDH signal generator to send test signals to the board under test,
and adjust optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter constant to the
transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the optical output
power.
Acceptan
ce -3 to +6 d B m
Criteria
Remarks Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 228
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. EMS software has been installed, and network data has been configured
ites properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
A1 S
OUT Variable optical
R 50/50 coupler
D1 Sn attenuator
IP/SDH signal MQA2/
generator MQM2
A2 S Optical power
R IN meter
D2
Rn
Test
2. SDH/IP signal generator send test signals to the board under test.
Process
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the attenuation value
with the Bit Error Rate (BER) of10-7.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat Step 3 and Step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER of
10-8, 10-9, 10-10, and 10-11 respectively.
6. Based on extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic coordinate
paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10 -12 indicates the receiver
sensitivity.
Acceptan
PIN ≤-14 dBm
ce
APD ≤-21 dBm
Criteria
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive optical
Remarks power on the input port when input signals are in the 1550 nm window and the BER
reaches 10-12.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 229
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. EMS software has been installed, and network data has been configured
ites properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
A1 S
OUT Variable optical
R 50/50 coupler
D1 Sn attenuator
IP/SDH MQA2/
Test generator MQM2
A2 S Optical power
Process R IN meter
D2
Rn
2. Set the SDH/IP signal generator correctly, and send test signals to the
board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the attenuation
value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. Read the optical power value from the optical power meter. This optical power
indicates the overload optical power of the receiver.
Acceptan
PIN≥0 dBm
ce
APD≥-9 dBm
Criteria
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value of the
Remarks
average receive optical power at reference point Rn when the BER reaches 10 -12.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 230
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. EMS software has been installed, and network data has been configured
ites properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the SDH signal
generator to provide modulation signals for the board under test.
A1 S
OUT Optical multi-
R wavelength meter
D1 Sn
IP/SDH
MQA2/
signal
MQM2
generator A2 S
Test D2 R IN
Rn
Process
2. Set the IP signal generator to send GbE LAN (or WAN) signals to the OTU
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive
optical power of the MQA2 board.
3. Set the display wavelength range of the multi-wavelength analyzer, display the
waveform within the range in the center of the screen, and then read and record the
central frequency value at the peak. Calculate the central frequency value with the
formula ƒ=C/λ.
4. The difference between the central frequency value and its nominal value is the
central frequency deviation value.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 231
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. The central frequency and central frequency deviation of the boards with the
rate at STM-64 or below should meet the following requirements.
2.5G OTU at
10G OTU at the 2.5G OTU at the
the transmitting OTU at the
receiving end transmitting end
end receiving
Regenerator 10G Regenerator 2.5G
Regenerator end
OTU OUT
2.5G OUT
Acceptan
ce Central No
Meet the requirements of
Criteria frequency requiremen
ITU-T G.694.1.
(THz) ts
The central frequency refers to the actual central frequency of the optical signal sent
Remarks
by the transmitter at reference point Sn.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
2. EMS software has been installed, and network data has been configured
Prerequisites properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 232
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the IP/SDH
signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board under test.
A1 S
OUT
R Spectrometer
D1 Sn
IP/SDH MQA2/
generator MQM2
Test Process A2 S
D2 R IN
Rn
2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the resolution
of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the amplitude scale of the
spectrometer so that the waveform can be displayed with proper amplitude in the
center of the screen to facilitate observation and reading.
3. Position the cursor to the peak of the primary longitudinal mode, find the
place where the peak value has fallen by 20 dB, and read the spectral width.
1. The -20 dB spectral width of the OTU with the rate at 10G or below should
meet the requirements in the following table.
2.5G OTU at
10G OTU at
the
the receiving The OTU at
transmitting
OTU Type end the receiving
end
Acceptance Regenerator end
Regenerator
Criteria 10G OTU
2.5G OUT
-20 dB
No
spectral ≤0.2 ≤0.3
requirements
width (nm)
2. For the boards with the rate at 40G,
O DB/PSBT: 0.6 nm
P-DPSK: 0.7 nm
DP-QPSK: 0.17 nm
The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when the power
Remarks
of the maximum peak falls by 20 dB.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 233
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1.25.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
2. EMS software has been installed, and network data has been configured
Prerequisites properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the IP/SDH
signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board under test.
A1 S
OUT
R Spectrometer
D1 Sn
IP/SDH
MQA2/
signal
MQM2
generator A2 S
Test Process D2 R IN
Rn
Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the resolution of
the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the amplitude scale of the
spectrometer so that the primary longitudinal mode and the side mode can be
displayed with proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate
observation and reading.
Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary longitudinal
mode and side mode respectively.
Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR ( dB).
Acceptance
SMSR35 dB
Criteria
SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary longitudinal
Remarks mode to the optical power of the most significant side mode in full modulation
under the worst reflection condition.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 234
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the SDH signal
generator to provide signals for the board.
IP and SDH A1 S
OUT
generators
Sn
Optical D1 R
Test MQA2/MQ
power meter
M2 board
Process
IN
Rn
2. Set the SDH/IP signal generator to send SDH/GE/FC signals to the board under
test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical
power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter constant to the
transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the optical output
power.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 235
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 236
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. The input signals of
the board under test are in the 1550 nm window.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 237
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
optical power on the input port when input signals are in the 1550 nm window
Remarks
and the BER reaches 10-12.
The MQM2 board does not support FC services.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. The input signals of
the board under test are in the 1550 nm window.
2. Set the IP/SDH signal generator to send SDH/GE/FC signals to the board under
test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the attenuation
value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. Read the optical power value from the optical power meter. This optical power
indicates the overload optical power of the receiver.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 238
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
2. EMS software has been installed, and network data has been configured
Prerequisite
properly.
s
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 239
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the SDH
signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board under test.
Line-side loopback
P1
SDH signal
CR MQA2/MQM2 CT Jitter analyzer
generator
Test Process
2. Set the SDH signal generator to allow the SDH output signals to access the
receive optical interface of the board under test and adjust the optical power to
meet the requirements of the receive optical power of the board under test.
3. Set the receive rate of the jitter analyzer based on the rate level of STM-N
signals sent from the equipment. Adjust the optical attenuator, so that the jitter
analyzer can receive proper optical power.
4. Set the measurement filter of the jitter analyzer to the bandwidth listed in the
following table, and read the maximum output peak-to-peak value of jitter.
Peak-to-Peak Value
STM Interface Test Filter
of Jitter
1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test.
Remarks 2. If o.171 and o.172 options are both available for the filter template, select
o.172 for the test.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 240
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then calibrate the SDH
analyzer.
Note: You should control the receiving optical power of the meter to protect the
receive interface from being damaged by strong light.
Test 2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test, and adjust the
Process optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive proper optical power. Make
the input optical power of the SDH analyzer equal to that of the self-looped analyzer
in Step 1. Configure the test environment.
3. Test certain items with the input jitter tolerance test template of the SDH
analyzer and observe whether the test results are above the template.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 241
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Line-side loopback
P1
SDH signal
generator CR MQA2/MQM2 CT Jitter analyzer
A2
Acceptan A1
ce f0 f1 f
Criteria
Table 1-31 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N
Interface
f1
STM Level f0 (kHz) A1 (UIp-p) A2 (UIp-p)
(kHz)
1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test.
Remarks 2. Ensure that the input optical power of the board is consistent with that of the
meter.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 242
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
2. EMS software has been installed, and network data has been configured
Prerequisites properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then calibrate the
SDH analyzer.
Note: You should control the receiving optical power of the meter to protect the
receive interface from being damaged by strong light.
2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test, and adjust
Test Process
the optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive proper optical power.
Make the input optical power of the SDH analyzer constant to that of the
self-looped analyzer in Step 1. Configure the test environment.
3. Perform the test with the corresponding test items and templates of the SDH
analyzer and observe whether the test results are under the templates.
1. 2.5G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of ITU-T
G.958.
Acceptance 2. 10G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of ITU-T
Criteria G0.783.
3. 40G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of ITU-T
G0.8251.
1. Jitter transfer function refers to the relationship between the variation in jitter
frequencies and the ratio of output-signal jitter to input-signal jitter for the
Remarks equipment.
2. If the actual input tolerance rate of the equipment has a margin, it is allowed
to properly increase the jitter range of test signals.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 243
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the SDH signal
generator to provide signals for the board.
Figure 1-183 MJA/MJM connection for testing Optical Output Power at the
Cine Side
IP and SDH A1 S
generators
Optical power D1 R
meter MJA/MJM Loop back
Test
Process
2. Set the SDH/IP signal generator to send SDH/GE/FC signals to the board under
test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical
power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter constant to the
transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the optical output
power.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 244
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 245
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. The input signals of
the board under test are in the 1550 nm window.
A1 Variable optical S
50/50 coupler
attenuator
Test
2. Set the IP/SDH signal generator to send SDH/GE/FC signals to the
Process
board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the attenuation value
with the Bit Error Rate (BER) of10-7.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat Step 3 and Step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER of
10-8, 10-9, 10-10, and 10-11 respectively.
6. Based on extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic coordinate
paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10 -12 indicates the receiver
sensitivity.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 246
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
optical power on the input port when input signals are in the 1550 nm window
Remarks
and the BER reaches 10-12.
The MJM board does not support FC services.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. The input signals of
the board under test are in the 1550 nm window.
Variable optical S
A1
50/50 coupler
attenuator
Loop
Test IP/SDH signal MJA/MJM
generator back
Optical power
Process meter
D1
R
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 247
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
2. EMS software has been installed, and network data has been configured
Prerequisite
properly.
s
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 248
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the SDH
signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board under test.
Line-side loopback P
SDH signal 1
CR MJA/MJM CT Jitter analyzer
generator
Test Process
2. Set the SDH signal generator to allow the SDH output signals to access the
receive optical interface of the board under test and adjust the optical power to
meet the requirements of the receive optical power of the board under test.
3. Set the receive rate of the jitter analyzer based on the rate level of STM-N
signals sent from the equipment. Adjust the optical attenuator, so that the jitter
analyzer can receive proper optical power.
4. Set the measurement filter of the jitter analyzer to the bandwidth listed in the
following table, and read the maximum output peak-to-peak value of jitter.
Peak-to-Peak Value
STM Interface Test Filter
of Jitter
1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test.
Remarks 2. If o.171 and o.172 options are both available for the filter template, select
o.172 for the test.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 249
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then calibrate the SDH
analyzer.
Note: You should control the receiving optical power of the meter to protect the
receive interface from being damaged by strong light.
Test 2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test, and adjust the
Process optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive proper optical power. Make
the input optical power of the SDH analyzer equal to that of the self-looped analyzer
in Step 1. Configure the test environment.
3. Test certain items with the input jitter tolerance test template of the SDH
analyzer and observe whether the test results are above the template.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 250
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Line-side loopback
P1
SDH signal
CR MJA /MJM CT Jitter analyzer
generator
A2
Acceptan
ce
A1
Criteria
f0 f1 f
Table 1-33 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface
f1 f0
STM Level A1 (UIp-p) A2 (UIp-p)
(kHz) (kHz)
1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test.
Remarks 2. Ensure that the input optical power of the board is consistent with that of the
meter.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
2. EMS software has been installed, and network data has been configured
Prerequisites properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 251
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then calibrate the
SDH analyzer.
Note: You should control the receiving optical power of the meter to protect the
receive interface from being damaged by strong light.
2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test, and adjust
Test Process
the optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive proper optical power.
Make the input optical power of the SDH analyzer constant to that of the
self-looped analyzer in Step 1. Configure the test environment.
3. Perform the test with the corresponding test items and templates of the SDH
analyzer and observe whether the test results are under the templates.
1. 2.5G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of ITU-T
G.958.
Acceptance 2. 10G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of ITU-T
Criteria G0.783.
3. 40G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of ITU-T
G0.8251.
1. Jitter transfer function refers to the relationship between the variation in jitter
frequencies and the ratio of output-signal jitter to input-signal jitter for the
Remarks equipment.
2. If the actual input tolerance rate of the equipment has a margin, it is allowed
to properly increase the jitter range of test signals.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 252
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
S
TD2C/
IP/SDH signal OUT Optical power
TS2C/
Test generator Sn meter
TS2CP
Process
2. Set the IP/SDH signal generator to send test signals to the board under test,
and adjust optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter constant to the
transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the optical output
power.
Acceptan
ce -3 to +6 d B m
Criteria
Remarks Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 253
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Optical power
meter
Test
Process
2. The IP signal generator sends 10GbE LAN (or WAN) test signals to the
TD2C/TS2C/TS2CP board.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the attenuation value
with the Bit Error Rate (BER) of10-7.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat Step 3 and Step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER of
10-8, 10-9, 10-10, and 10-11 respectively.
6. Based on extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic coordinate
paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10 -12 indicates the receiver
sensitivity.
Acceptan
PIN: ≤-14 dBm
ce
APD: ≤-21 dBm
Criteria
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive optical
Remarks power on the input port when input signals are in the 1550 nm window and the BER
reaches 10-12.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 254
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Test
Optical power
Process meter
2. The IP signal generator sends 10GbE LAN (or WAN) test signals to the
TD2C/TS2C/TS2CP board.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the attenuation
value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. Read the optical power value from the optical power meter. This optical power
indicates the overload optical power of the receiver.
Acceptan
PIN≥0 dBm
ce
APD≥-9 dBm
Criteria
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value of the
Remarks
average receive optical power at reference point Rn when the BER reaches 10 -12.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. EMS software has been installed, and network data has been configured
ites properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 255
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the IP signal
generator to provide modulation signals for the board under test.
1. The central frequency and central frequency deviation of the boards with the
rate at 10G or below should meet the following requirements.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 256
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
The central frequency refers to the actual central frequency of the optical signal sent
Remarks
by the transmitter at reference point Sn.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. EMS software has been installed, and network data has been configured
ites properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the IP signal
generator to provide modulation signals for the board under test.
IP signal TD2C/TS2C
IN OUT Spectrometer
generator /TS2CP
Test Variable Optical
Process Attenuator
2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the resolution of
the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the amplitude scale of the
spectrometer so that the waveform can be displayed with proper amplitude in the
center of the screen to facilitate observation and reading.
3. Position the cursor to the peak of the primary longitudinal mode, find the place
where the peak value has fallen by 20 dB, and read the spectral width.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 257
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. The -20 dB spectral width of the OTU with the rate at 10G or below should meet
the requirements in the following table.
2.5G OTU at
10G OTU at
the
the receiving The OTU at
transmitting
OTU Type end the receiving
Acceptan end
Regenerator end
ce Regenerator
10G OTU
Criteria 2.5G OUT
No
-20 dB Spectral
≤0.2 ≤0.3 requirement
width (nm)
s
2. For the boards with the rate at 40G,
O DB/PSBT: 0.6 nm
P-DPSK: 0.7 nm
DP-QPSK: 0.17 nm
The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when the power of
Remarks
the maximum peak falls by 20 dB.
1.27.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. EMS software has been installed, and network data has been configured
ites properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 258
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the IP signal
generator to provide modulation signals for the board under test.
IP signal TD2C/TS2C
IN OUT Spectrometer
generator /TS2CP
Variable Optical
Test Attenuator
Process
Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the resolution of the
spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the amplitude scale of the spectrometer
so that the primary longitudinal mode and the side mode can be displayed with
proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate observation and reading.
Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary longitudinal mode
and side mode.
Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR ( dB).
Acceptan
ce SMSR35 dB
Criteria
SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary longitudinal
Remarks mode to the optical power of the most significant side mode in full modulation under
the worst reflection condition.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 259
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the SDH signal
generator to provide signals for the board.
A1 S
SDH generator
Optical D1 R TD2C/
power meter TS2C/ Loop
Test TS2CP back
Process
2. Set the SDH signal generator to allow the SDH output signals to access the
receive optical interface of the board under test and adjust the optical power to meet
the requirements of the receive optical power of the board under test.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter constant to the
transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the optical output
power.
Acceptan
S64.2b: -1 to +2 dBm
ce
I64.1: -6 to -1 dBm
Criteria
1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test.
Remarks 2. On-site equipment can replace the SDH signal generator to act as the
modulation source.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 260
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. The input signals of
the board under test are in the 1550 nm window.
Optical power
meter
Test
Process
2. The SDH signal generator sends STM-64 NRZ PRBS231-1 test signals to the
TD2C/TS2C/TS2CP board.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the attenuation value
with the Bit Error Rate (BER) of10-7.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat Step 3 and Step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER of
10-8, 10-9, 10-10, and 10-11 respectively.
6. Based on extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic coordinate
paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates the receiver
sensitivity.
Acceptan
S64.2b:<-16 dBm
ce
I64.1: <-14 dBm
Criteria
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive optical
Remarks power on the input port when input signals are in the 1550 nm window and the BER
reaches 10-12.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 261
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. The input signals of
the board under test are in the 1550 nm window.
Test
Process Optical power
meter
2. Set the SDH rate and signal structure correctly, and send test signals to the
board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the attenuation
value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. Read the optical power value from the optical power meter. This optical power
indicates the overload optical power of the receiver.
Acceptan
S64.2b:>-1 dBm
ce
I64.1: >0 dBm
Criteria
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value of the
Remarks
average receive optical power at reference point R when the BER reaches 10 -12.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 262
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
2. EMS software has been installed, and network data has been configured
Prerequisite
properly.
s
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the SDH
signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board under test.
Line-side loopback
P1
SDH signal TD2C/TS2C
CR /TS2CP CT Jitter analyzer
generator
Test Process
2. Set the SDH signal generator to allow the SDH output signals to access the
receive optical interface of the board under test and adjust the optical power to
meet the requirements of the receive optical power of the board under test.
3. Set the receive rate of the jitter analyzer based on the rate level of STM-N
signals sent from the equipment. Adjust the optical attenuator, so that the jitter
analyzer can receive proper optical power.
4. Set the measurement filter of the jitter analyzer to the bandwidth listed in the
following table, and read the maximum output peak-to-peak value of jitter.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 263
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Peak-to-Peak Value
STM Interface Test Filter
of Jitter
1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test.
Remarks 2. If o.171 and o.172 options are both available for the filter template, select
o.172 for the test.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 264
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then calibrate the SDH
analyzer.
Note: You should control the receiving optical power of the meter to protect the
receive interface from being damaged by strong light.
Test 2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test, and adjust the
Process optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive proper optical power. Make
the input optical power of the SDH analyzer equal to that of the self-looped analyzer
in Step 1. Configure the test environment.
3. Test certain items with the input jitter tolerance test template of the SDH
analyzer and observe whether the test results are above the template.
Line-side loopback
P1
SDH signal TD2C/TS2C
CR Jitter analyzer
generator /TS2CP CT
A2
Acceptan
ce
Criteria A1
f0 f1 f
Table 1-37 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface
f1 A1
STM Level f0 (kHz) A2 (UIp-p)
(kHz) (Up-p)
1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test.
Remarks 2. Ensure that the input optical power of the board is consistent with that of the
meter.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 265
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
2. EMS software has been installed, and network data has been configured
Prerequisites properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then calibrate the
SDH analyzer.
Note: You should control the receiving optical power of the meter to protect the
receive interface from being damaged by strong light.
2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test, and adjust
Test Process
the optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive proper optical power.
Make the input optical power of the SDH analyzer constant to that of the
self-looped analyzer in Step 1. Configure the test environment.
3. Perform the test with the corresponding test items and templates of the SDH
analyzer and observe whether the test results are under the templates.
1. 2.5G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of ITU-T
G.958.
Acceptance 2. 10G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of ITU-T
Criteria G0.783.
3. 40G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of ITU-T
G0.8251.
1. Jitter transfer function refers to the relationship between the variation in jitter
frequencies and the ratio of output-signal jitter to input-signal jitter for the
Remarks equipment.
2. If the actual input tolerance rate of the equipment has a margin, it is allowed
to properly increase the jitter range of test signals.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 266
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the IP signal
generator to provide signals for the board.
IP signal A1 S
generator
Optical D1 R TD2C/
Test power meter TS2C/ Loop back
Process TS2CP
2. Set the IP signal generator to send 10GbE LAN (or WAN) signals to the OTU
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive
optical power of the board.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter constant to the
transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the optical output
power.
Acceptan
10GBASE-LR/LW: -6 to -1 dBm
ce
10GBASE-ER/EW: -1 to +2 dBm
Criteria
Remarks Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 267
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. The input signals of
the board under test are in the 1550 nm window.
Optical power
meter
Test
Process
2. The IP signal generator sends 10GbE LAN (or WAN) test signals to the OTU
under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the attenuation value
with the Bit Error Rate (BER) of10-7.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat Step 3 and Step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER of
10-8, 10-9, 10-10, and 10-11 respectively.
6. Based on extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic coordinate
paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10 -12 indicates the receiver
sensitivity.
Acceptan
10GBASE-LR/LW: >-14 dBm
ce
10GBASE-ER/EW: >-16 dBm
Criteria
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive optical
Remarks power on the input port when input signals are in the 1550 nm window and the BER
reaches 10-12.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 268
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. The input signals of
the board under test are in the 1550 nm window.
Test
Process Optical power
meter
2. The IP signal generator sends 10GbE LAN (or WAN) test signals to the OTU
under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the attenuation
value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. Read the optical power value from the optical power meter. This optical power
indicates the overload optical power of the receiver.
Acceptan
10GBASE-LR/LW: >0 dBm
ce
10GBASE-ER/EW: >-1 dBm
Criteria
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value of the
Remarks
average receive optical power at reference point R when the BER reaches 10 -12.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 269
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the SDH signal
generator to provide signals for the board. The board backplane loops back.
A1 Ra
SDH generator
D1 Sd
Ra
A2
Optical Sd
Test power meter
D2
CH1 board
Process
2. Set the SDH signal generator to send signals to the board under test, and
adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical power of the
board.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter constant to the
transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the optical output
power.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 270
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 271
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. The input signals of
the board under test are in the 1550 nm window.
A2 CH1
D2
Optical power
meter
Test
Process 2. The SDH signal generator sends test signal to the board under test. The board
backplane loops back.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the attenuation value
with the Bit Error Rate (BER) of10-7.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat Step 3 and Step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER of
10-8, 10-9, 10-10, and 10-11 respectively.
6. Based on extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic coordinate
paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates the receiver
sensitivity.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 272
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive optical
Remarks power on the input port when input signals are in the 1550 nm window and the BER
reaches 10-12.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. The input signals of
the board under test are in the 1550 nm window.
Variable A1 Ra
SDH signal Optical 50/50
optical
generator amplifier coupler D1 Sd
attenuator
Test A2 CH1
D2
Process Optical
power meter
A8
D8
2. The SDH signal generator sends test signal to the board under test. The board
backplane loops back.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the attenuation
value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. Read the optical power value from the optical power meter. This optical power
indicates the overload optical power of the receiver.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 273
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1000BASE-SX: ≥0 dBm
1000BASE-LX: ≥-3 dBm
1000BASE-(LH,LH1,LH2): ≥-3 dBm
1000BASE-ZX: ≥-3 dBm
1000BASE-EX: ≥-10 dBm
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value of the
Remarks
average receive optical power at reference point R when the BER reaches 10 -12.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then calibrate the SDH
analyzer.
Note: You should control the receiving optical power of the meter to protect the
receive interface from being damaged by strong light.
Test 2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test, and adjust the
Process optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive proper optical power. Make
the input optical power of the SDH analyzer equal to that of the self-looped analyzer
in Step 1. Configure the test environment.
3. Test certain items with the input jitter tolerance test template of the SDH
analyzer and observe whether the test results are above the template.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 274
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
SDH signal A1 Ra
generator D1 Sd
Ra
A2
Sd
D2 Backplane
CH1 loops back
A2
Acceptan
ce
Criteria
A1
f0 f1 f
Table 1-38 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface
f1
STM Level f0 (kHz) A1 (UIp-p) A2 (UIp-p)
(kHz)
1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test.
Remarks 2. Ensure that the input optical power of the board is consistent with that of the
meter.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 275
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
2. EMS software has been installed, and network data has been configured
Prerequisites properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the SDH
signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board under test.
SDH signal A1 Ra
generator D1 Sd
Ra
A2
Sd
D2 Backplane
CH1 loops back
Test Process
2. Set the SDH signal generator to allow the SDH output signals to access the
receive optical interface of the board under test and adjust the optical power to
meet the requirements of the receive optical power of the board under test.
3. Set the receive rate of the jitter analyzer based on the rate level of STM-N
signals sent from the equipment. Adjust the optical attenuator, so that the jitter
analyzer can receive proper optical power.
4. Set the measurement filter of the jitter analyzer to the bandwidth listed in the
following table, and read the maximum output peak-to-peak value of jitter.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 276
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Peak-to-Peak Value
STM Interface Test Filter
of Jitter
1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test.
Remarks 2. If o.171 and o.172 options are both available for the filter template, select
o.172 for the test.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
2. EMS software has been installed, and network data has been configured
Prerequisites properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 277
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Self-loop the SDH analyzer with a short-circuit fiber, and then calibrate the
SDH analyzer.
Note: You should control the receiving optical power of the meter to protect the
receive interface from being damaged by strong light.
2. Disconnect the short-circuit fiber, access the board under test, and adjust
Test Process
the optical attenuator, so that the tested board can receive proper optical power.
Make the input optical power of the SDH analyzer constant to that of the
self-looped analyzer in Step 1. Configure the test environment.
3. Perform the test with the corresponding test items and templates of the SDH
analyzer and observe whether the test results are under the templates.
1. 2.5G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of ITU-T
G.958.
Acceptance 2. 10G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of ITU-T
Criteria G0.783.
3. 40G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of ITU-T
G0.8251.
1. Jitter transfer function refers to the relationship between the variation in jitter
frequencies and the ratio of output-signal jitter to input-signal jitter for the
Remarks equipment.
2. If the actual input tolerance rate of the equipment has a margin, it is allowed
to properly increase the jitter range of test signals.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 278
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
2. Set the 100GE/OTN signal generator to send test signals to the board under
test, and adjust optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter constant to the
transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the optical output
power.
Acceptan
ce PM-QPSK: -5 to 3 dBm
Criteria
Remarks Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 279
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
100GE/OTN CR LT Sn Variable
optical S
signal TS4 optical
attenuator
generator CT LR 50/50 attenuator
Rn coupler
Optical power
meter
Test
Process 2. Set the 100GE/OTN signal generator to send test signals to the board under
test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the attenuation value
with the Bit Error Rate (BER) of10-7.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat Step 3 and Step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER of
10-8, 10-9, 10-10, and 10-11 respectively.
6. Based on extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic coordinate
paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10 -12 indicates the receiver
sensitivity.
Acceptan
ce PM-QPSK: ≤-15 dBm
Criteria
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive optical
Remarks power on the input port when input signals are in the 1550 nm window and the BER
reaches 10-12.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 280
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
100GE/OTN CR LT Sn OA+
Optical S variable
signal TS4
attenuator optical
generator CT LR 50/50 attenuator
Rn coupler
Test
Process
Optical power
meter
2. Set the 100GE/OTN signal generator correctly, and send test signals to the
board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the attenuation
value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. Read the optical power value from the optical power meter. This optical power
indicates the overload optical power of the receiver.
Acceptan
ce PM-QPSK: ≥1 dBm
Criteria
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value of the
Remarks
average receive optical power at reference point Rn when the BER reaches 10 -12.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. EMS software has been installed, and network data has been configured
ites properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 281
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
CR LT Sn Optical multi-
100GE/OTN Optical S
TS4 wavelength meter
generator attenuator
CT LR
Rn
Test
2. Set the 100GE/OTN signal generator to send signals to the board under test,
Process
and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical power of
the TS4 board.
3. Set the display wavelength range of the multi-wavelength analyzer, display the
waveform within the range in the center of the screen, and then read and record the
central frequency value at the peak. Calculate the central frequency value with the
formula ƒ=C/λ.
4. The difference between the central frequency value and its nominal value is the
central frequency deviation value.
Acceptan The frequency deviation of the board with the rate at OTU4:
ce In the 40-wavelength system: ≤±5 GHz
Criteria In the 80-wavelength system: ≤±2.5 GHz
The central frequency refers to the actual central frequency of the optical signal sent
Remarks
by the transmitter at reference point Sn.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
2. EMS software has been installed, and network data has been configured
Prerequisites
properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 282
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
100GE/OTN CR LT Sn
Optical S Spectrometer
signal TS4
attenuator
generator CT LR
Test Process
Rn
2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the resolution of
the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the amplitude scale of the
spectrometer so that the waveform can be displayed with proper amplitude in the
center of the screen to facilitate observation and reading.
3. Position the cursor to the peak of the primary longitudinal mode, find the place
where the peak value has fallen by 20 dB, and read the spectral width.
1.29.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
2. EMS software has been installed, and network data has been configured
Prerequisite
properly.
s
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 283
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the 100GE/OTN
signal generator to provide modulation signals for the board under test.
100GE/OTN CR LT Sn
Optical S Spectrometer
signal TS4
attenuator
generator CT LR
Rn
Test
Process
Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the resolution of the
spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the amplitude scale of the
spectrometer so that the primary longitudinal mode and the side mode can be
displayed with proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate
observation and reading.
Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary longitudinal
mode and side mode.
Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR ( dB).
Acceptance
SMSR35 dB
Criteria
SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary longitudinal
Remarks mode to the optical power of the most significant side mode in full modulation
under the worst reflection condition.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 284
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Perform the test
configuration and wait until the OTU operates stably.
CR Sn
Test S LT
TS4
Process Optical multi- R CT LR
wavelength meter
Rn
Set the display frequency (wavelength) range of the multi-wavelength meter, and
then read and record the central frequency (wavelength) value at the peak.
The difference between the central frequency (wavelength) value and its nominal
value is the central frequency (wavelength) deviation value.
Remarks Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 285
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Perform the test
configuration and wait until the OTU operates stably.
2. Set the optical power meter in a suitable wavelength window (1310nm). After
the reading is stable, read and record the optical power.
Remarks Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 286
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. The input signals of
the board under test are in the 1310 nm window.
100GE/OTN Variable CR Sn
S LT
signal optical 50/50 Optical
TS4
generator attenuator coupler attenuator
R CT LR
Rn
Optical power
meter
Test
Process 2. Set the 100GE/OTN signal generator to send test signals to the board under
test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the attenuation value
with the Bit Error Rate (BER) of10-7.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat Step 3 and Step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER of
10-8, 10-9, 10-10, and 10-11 respectively.
6. Based on extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic coordinate
paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10 -12 indicates the receiver
sensitivity.
Acceptan
100GBASE-LR4 (4I1-9D1F): ≤-2.6 dBm
ce
100GBASE-ER4 (4L1-9C1F): ≤-15.6 dBm
Criteria
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive optical
Remarks power on the input port when input signals are in the 1310 nm window and the BER
reaches 10-12.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 287
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. The input signals of
the board under test are in the 1310 nm window.
Figure 1-216 TS4 Connection for Testing Receive Overload Point at the
Client Side
100GE/OTN Variable CR Sn
S LT
signal optical 50/50 Optical
TS4
generator attenuator coupler attenuator
R CT LR
Rn
Test
Process
Optical power
meter
2. The 100GE/OTN signal generator sends test signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the attenuation
value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. Read the optical power value from the optical power meter. This optical power
indicates the overload optical power of the receiver.
Acceptan
ce ≥+10.5 dBm
Criteria
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value of the
Remarks
average receive optical power at reference point R when the BER reaches 10 -12.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 288
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Perform the test
configuration and wait until the OTU operates stably.
Test Lane0
Process S Lane1
Optical power
Demult meter
TS4 Lane2
iplexer
Lane3
2. Set the optical power meter in a suitable wavelength window (1310nm). After
the reading is stable, read and record the optical power.
Acceptan
100GBASE-LR4 (4I1-9D1F): -4.3 dBm to +4.5 dBm
ce
100GBASE-ER4 (4L1-9C1F): -2.9 dBm to +2.9 dBm
Criteria
This test item requires a demultiplexer with special wavelength. It is not applicable on
Remarks
site. You can read the value from the EMS.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 289
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Optical power
meter
Lane0 Variable
attenuator/
Lane1 amplifier
Demu
S Multip
ltiplex Lane2
lexer
R er
100GE/OTN Reference TS4 Lane3
signal generator S
TS4 under test
R
R
Test
Process 2. Set the 100GE/OTN signal generator to send test signals to the reference TS4
board.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the attenuation value
with the Bit Error Rate (BER) of10-7.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat Step 3 and Step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER of
10-8, 10-9, 10-10, and 10-11 respectively.
6. Based on extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic coordinate
paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10 -12 indicates the receiver
sensitivity.
Acceptan
100GBASE-LR4 (4I1-9D1F): ≤-8.6 dBm
ce
100GBASE-ER4 (4L1-9C1F): ≤-21.4 dBm
Criteria
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 290
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. The input signals of
the board under test are in the 1310 nm window.
Figure 1-219 TS4 Connection for Testing Receive Overload Point at the
Client Side
Optical power
meter
Lane0 Variable
attenuator/
Lane1 amplifier
Test S
Demu Multi
ltiplex Lane2 plexe
R er r
Process 100GE/OTN Reference TS4 Lane3
signal generator S
TS4 under test
R
R
2. The 100GE/OTN signal generator sends test signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the attenuation
value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. Read the optical power value from the optical power meter. This optical power
indicates the overload optical power of the receiver.
Acceptan
ce ≥+4.5 dBm
Criteria
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 291
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the SDH/OTN
signal generator to provide signals for the board.
IP/SDH/
S C1R
OTN Optical LT Optical power
R C1T
signal attenuator meter
C2R Sn
generator
Test C2T MX 2
Process
LR
C10R
C10 T Rn
2. Set the SDH/OTN signal generator to send test signals to the board under test,
and adjust optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical power.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter constant to the
transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the optical output
power.
Acceptan
ce PM-QPSK: -5 to 3 dBm
Criteria
Remarks Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 292
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
IP/SDH/
OTN Optical S C1R
signal attenuator LT Variable
R C1T
generator C2R MX2 Sn optical
C2T attenuator
C3R 50/50
C3T coupler
LR
CiR
Ci T Rn Optical power
Test meter
Process 2. Set the SDH/OTN signal generator to send test signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the attenuation value
with the Bit Error Rate (BER) of10-7.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat Step 3 and Step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER of
10-8, 10-9, 10-10, and 10-11 respectively.
6. Based on extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic coordinate
paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10 -12 indicates the receiver
sensitivity.
Acceptan
ce PM-QPSK: ≤-15 dBm
Criteria
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive optical
Remarks power on the input port when input signals are in the 1550 nm window and the BER
reaches 10-12.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
ites configured properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 293
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
2. Set the SDH/OTN signal generator correctly, and send test signals to the board
under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually decrease the attenuation
value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. Read the optical power value from the optical power meter. This optical power
indicates the overload optical power of the receiver.
Acceptan
ce PM-QPSK: ≥1 dBm
Criteria
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value of the
Remarks
average receive optical power at reference point Rn when the BER reaches 10-12.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment has
been powered on and operates properly.
Prerequis 2. EMS software has been installed, and network data has been configured
ites properly.
3. The database configured for the equipment has been downloaded to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 294
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure. Use the signal
generator to provide modulation signals for the board under test.
Acceptan
ce The frequency deviation of the OTU4 board: ≤±2.5 GHz
Criteria
The central frequency refers to the actual central frequency of the optical signal sent
Remarks
by the transmitter at reference point Sn.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 295
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when
Remarks
the power of the maximum peak falls by 20dB.
1.30.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 296
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Test Process 2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer so that the primary longitudinal
mode and the side mode can be displayed with proper amplitude in the
center of the screen to facilitate observation and reading.
3. Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary
longitudinal mode and side mode.
4. Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR
(dB).
Acceptance
SMSR ≧35dB
Criteria
SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary
Remarks longitudinal mode to the optical power of the most significant side mode
in full modulation under the worst reflection condition.
MX2 board adopts SFP+ 10G pluggable module at the customer site.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 297
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
2. Set the SDH/OTN signal generator to send test signal to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.
SDH service:
I64.1: -6~-1dBm
S64.2a: -5~-1dBm
Accepta S64.2b: -1~+2dBm
nce 10GE service:
Criteria 10GBASE-LR/LW: -8.2~ +0.5 dBm
10GBASE-ER/EW : -4.5~ +4 dBm
10GFC service:
1200-SM-LL-L: -8.2~ +0.5 dBm
Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 298
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Test CiT Rn
Process
2. The SDH/OTN analyzer sends test signal to the board under test;
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator 1 to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.
SDH service:
I64.1: ≤-11dBm
S64.2a: ≤-18dBm
Accepta S64.2b: ≤-14dBm
nce 10GE service:
Criteria 10GBASE-LR/LW: ≤ -12dBm
10GBASE-ER/EW : ≤-14dBm
10GFC service:
1200-SM-LL-L: ≤ -14dBm
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 299
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 300
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
SDH service:
I64.1: ≥-1dBm
S64.2a: ≥ -8dBm
Accepta S64.2b: ≥-1dBm
nce 10GE service:
Criteria 10GBASE-LR/LW: ≥+0 .5dBm
10GBASE-ER/EW : ≥-1 dBm
10GFC service:
1200-SM-LL-L: ≥+0 .5dBm
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point Rn when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 301
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
LT LR
A2
Accepta
nce
Criteria A1
f0 f1 f
Table 1-1 Input Jitter Tolerance Filter and Indices at the STM-N Interface
1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
Remark test.;
s 2. Ensure that the input optical power of the board is consistent with that of
the meter.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 302
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
LT LR
Test Process
2. Set the SDH/OTN signal generator to allow the SDH output signals
to access the receive optical interface of the board under test and adjust
the optical power to meet the requirements of the receive optical power
of the board under test.
3. Set the receive rate of the jitter tester based on the rate level of
STM-N signals sent from the equipment. Adjust the optical attenuator,
so that the jitter tester can receive proper optical power.
4. Set the measurement filter of the jitter tester to the bandwidth
shown in the following table, and read the maximum output
peak-to-peak value of jitter.
Peak-to-Peak
STM Interface Test Filter
Value of Jitter
500Hz~1.3MHz 0.30 UI
STM-1
65kHz~1.3MHz 0.10 UI
1000Hz~5MHz 0.30 UI
Acceptance STM-4
250kHz~5MHz 0.10 UI
Criteria
5000Hz~20MHz 0.30 UI
STM-16
1MHz~20MHz 0.10UI
20kHz~80MHz 0.30 UI
STM-64
4MHz~80MHz 0.10 UI
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 303
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
test..
Remarks
2. If o.171 and o.172 options are both available for the filter template,
select o.172 for the test.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Acceptance 10G OTU jitter transfer function should meet the requirements of ITU-T
Criteria G.783.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 304
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure and set
the service mapping and time cross connection properly.
Figure 1-9 LS4 Connection for Testing Optical Output Power at Line Side
Test
Process
2. Set the 100GE/OTN signal generator to send test signal to the board
under test, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements.
3. Set the receive optical wavelength of the optical power meter equal to
the transmit optical wavelength of the board under test. Measure the Optical
Output Power.
Accepta
nce PM-QPSK: -5~3dBm
Criteria
Remark
s
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 305
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure and set
the service mapping and time cross connection properly.
Figure 1-10 LS4 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection
Test
Process
2. The 100GE/OTN analyzer sends test signal to the CS4 board.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it;
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity
Accepta
nce PM-QPSK: ≤-15dBm
Criteria
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1550 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 306
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure and set the
service mapping and time cross connection properly.
Figure 1-11 Configuration of the Receive Overload Point at the Line Side of
LS4
Test
Process
2. Set the 100GE/OTN analyzer correctly and send signals to CS4 board.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.
Accepta
nce PM-QPSK: ≥1dBm
Criteria
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point Rn when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.
Test
Overload Optical Power
Item
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 307
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure and set the
service mapping and time cross connection properly.
Figure 1-12 Configuration of the Receive Overload Point at the Line Side
of LS4
Test
Process
2. Set the 100GE/OTN analyzer correctly and send signals to CS4 board.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.
Accepta
nce PM-QPSK: ≥1dBm
Criteria
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point Rn when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 308
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure and set
the service mapping and time cross connection properly.
Figure 1-13 Central Wavelength Connection
Test
2. Set the 100GE/OTN signal generator to send test signals to the CS4
Process
board, and adjust the optical power to meet the requirements for the receive
optical power of CS4.
3. Set the display wavelength range of the multi-wavelength analyzer to
display the waveform within the range in the center of the screen, and then
read and record the central wavelength value at the peak. Calculate the
central wavelength value with the formula ƒ=C/λ.
4. The difference between the central wavelength value and its nominal
value is the central wavelength offset value. Use the optical wavelength
meter to test LS4 board directly (CS4 and cross-connection are not needed).
Accepta
For the OTU4 board, the deviation should be:
nce
≤±2.5GHz
Criteria
Remark The central wavelength refers to the actual central wavelength of the optical
s signal sent by the transmitter at reference point Sn.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 309
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Test Process
2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value. Adjust the
amplitude scale of the spectrometer make the waveform displayed with
proper amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate observation and
reading.
3. Position the cursor to the peak of the primary longitudinal mode.
Find the place where the peak value has fallen by 20dB and read the
spectral width.
The -20 dB spectral width refers to the maximum spectral width when
Remarks
the power of the maximum peak falls by 20dB..
1.31.1.6 SMSR
Test Item SMSR
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 310
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Test Process
2. Set the display wavelength range of the spectrometer and set the
resolution of the spectrometer to the minimum value.
3. Adjust the amplitude scale of the spectrometer so that the primary
longitudinal mode and the side mode can be displayed with proper
amplitude in the center of the screen to facilitate observation and
reading.
4. Adjust the cursor to read the optical powers (dBm) of the primary
longitudinal mode and side mode.
5. Calculate the difference between two power values to get the SMSR
(dB).
Acceptance
SMSR ≧35dB
Criteria
SMSR refers to the ratio of the average optical power of the primary
Remarks longitudinal mode to the optical power of the most significant side mode
in full modulation under the worst reflection condition.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 311
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
C
S R
Optical CS4
Test
wavelength RC
Process
meter T
Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 312
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Test C
S R
Process Optical CS4
wavelength RC
meter T
Remark
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the test..
s
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 313
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
100GE/OT C L Sn
Adjustable S R
N 50/50 T Optical
optical C CS4 LS4 L
analyzer coupler attenuator
attenuator R T R
Rn
Optical power
meter
Test
2. The 100GE/OTN analyzer sends test signals to the board under test;
Process
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.
Accepta
100GBASE-LR4 (4I1-9D1F): ≤-2.6dBm
nce
100GBASE-ER4 (4L1-9C1F): ≤-15.6dBm
Criteria
The receiver sensitivity refers to the minimum value of the average receive
Remark
optical power on the input port when input signals are located in the 1310 nm
s
window and the BER reaches 10-12.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 314
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
100GE/OT C L Sn
Variable S R
N 50/50 T Optical
optical C CS4 LS4 L
analyzer coupler attenuator
attenuator R T R
Test Rn
Process
Optical power
meter
2. The 100GE/OTN analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than 10-12.
4. The optical power value read from the optical power meter indicates the
overload optical power of the receiver.
Accepta
nce ≥+10.5dBm
Criteria
The receive overload optical power refers to the maximum receivable value
Remark
of the average receive optical power at reference point R when the BER
s
reaches 10-12.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 315
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Lane0
Test
S Lane1 Optical
Process Demul power
CS4 tiplexe Lane2 meter
r
Lane3
Remark This test item requires a demultiplexer with special wavelength. It is not
s applicable on site. You can read the value from the network management.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 316
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure and set the
cross connection between CS4 boards.
Figure 1-20 CS4 Optical Receiver Sensitivity Connection
Optical
power meter
Lane0 Variable
optical
attenuator/amp
ODU4 Lane1 lifier
cross Multi
S Demulti plex
connection Lane2
plexer er
R
100GE/OTN Lane3
analyzer S CS4 CS4
Test
2. The100GE/OTN analyzer sends test signals to CS4 board.;
Process
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
attenuation value with the bit error rate (BER) of 10-7 measured by the SDH
analyzer.
4. Read the optical power from the optical power meter and record it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to measure the optical power values with BER
of 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 and 10-11 respectively.
6. According to extrapolation, draw a P-BER curve in a dual-logarithmic
coordinate paper. The optical power corresponding to BER of 10-12 indicates
the receiver sensitivity.
Accepta
100GBASE-LR4 (4I1-9D1F): ≤-8.6dBm
nce
100GBASE-ER4 (4L1-9C1F): ≤-21.4dBm
Criteria
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 317
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Lane0 Variable
optical
attenuator/amp
ODU4 Lane1 lifier
cross Multi
S Demulti plex
Test connection Lane2
plexer er
R
100GE/OTN Lane3
analyzer S CS4 CS4
Process
R
2. The 100GE/OTN analyzer sends test signals to the board under test.
3. Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually decrease the
attenuation value and make the BER to be close to but no greater than
10-12.
4. Overload Optical Power. The optical power value read from the optical
power meter indicates the overload optical power of the receiver.
Accepta
nce ≥+4.5dBm
Criteria
1.33.1 Insertion Loss and the Maximum Insertion Loss Difference of Each
Channel
Test Insertion Loss and the Maximum Insertion Loss Difference of Each
Item Channel
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 318
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a variable laser source, an optical
power meter, optical fiber jumpers and the OMU board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-224 Configuration of the OMU Insertion Loss
OU Optical
Variable IN1
T power
optical source IN2
meter
OMU under
test
INn
Remark
s
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 319
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a variable laser source, an optical
power meter, optical fiber jumpers and the OMU board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-225 Configuration of OMU Isolation between Adjacent Channels
OU Optical
Variable IN1
T power
optical source IN2
meter
OMU under
test
INn
Test
Process
2. Test method:
1) Configure the test environment according to the solid line shown in the
above figure.
2) Adjust the output wavelength of the variable laser source as the
wavelength λn of channel n (n=1, 2 …) of the board under test.
3) Test the port optical power of channel n to get the value Pno, and test
optical power of the channel m (m=1,2… and m≠n) to get the value Pmo
(unit: dBm).
4) The isolation between channel m and channel n is Pno-Pmo (unit: dB).
5) Repeat these procedures multiple times to get the isolation of each
channel.
Accepta
nce ≥25dB
Criteria
Remark
s
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 320
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a variable laser source, an optical power
meter, optical fiber jumpers and the OMU board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-226 Configuration of OMU Isolation between Non-adjacent
Channels
OU Optical
Variable IN1
T power
optical source IN2
meter
OMU under
test
Test INn
Process
2. Test method:
1) Configure the test environment according to the solid line shown in the
above figure.
2) Adjust the output wavelength of the variable laser source as the
wavelength λn of channel n (n=1, 2 …) of the board under test.
3) Test the port optical power of channel n to get the value Pno, and test
optical power of the channel m (m=1,2… and m≠n) to get the value Pmo
(unit: dBm).
4) The isolation between channel m and channel n is Pno-Pmo (unit: dB).
5) Repeat these procedures multiple times to get the isolation of each
channel.
Accepta
nce ≥25dB
Criteria
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 321
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Remark
s
1.34.1 Insertion Loss and the Maximum Insertion Loss Difference of Each
Channel
Test Insertion Loss and the Maximum Insertion Loss Difference of Each
Item Channel
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 322
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a variable laser source, an optical
power meter, optical fiber jumpers and the OMU board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-227 Configuration of ODU Insertion Loss
OU Optical
Variable IN1
T power
optical source IN2
meter
OMU under
test
INn
2. Test method:
Test
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure.
Process
2) Connect the devices according to the dotted lines in the above figure.
Adjust the output wavelength of the variable laser optical source and set it
to the wavelength of the working port n of the board under test. Test the
optical power and record the value as Pi(λ).
3) Connect the devices according to the solid lines in the above figure.
Test the optical power passed by the port n of the board under test, and
record the value as Pno(λ) in unit of dBm. The insertion loss is calculated
by the following formula: Lossn(λ)=Pi(λ)-Pno(λ) (unit: dB).
4) Repeat step 2 and step 3 multiple times to test the insertion loss of
each port.
5) Calculate the difference between the maximum and minimum values
of the insertion losses of each port. This difference is the maximum
difference between the insertion losses of each channel.
Accepta
Insertion loss ≤ 10dB
nce
Maximum insertion loss difference of each channel ≤ 3dB
Criteria
Remark
s
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 323
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisit
been configured properly.
es
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a variable laser source, an optical
power meter, optical fiber jumpers and the OMU board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-228 Configuration of ODU Isolation between Adjacent
Channels
OU Optical
Variable IN1
T power
optical source IN2
meter
OMU under
test
INn
Test
Process
2. Test method:
1) Configure the test environment according to the solid line shown in
the above figure.
2) Adjust the output wavelength of the variable laser source as the
wavelength λn of channel n (n=1, 2 …) of the board under test.
3) Test the port optical power of channel n to get the value Pno, and
test optical power of the channel m (m=1,2… and m≠n) to get the value
Pmo (unit: dBm).
4) The isolation between channel m and channel n is Pno-Pmo (unit:
dB).
5) Repeat these procedures multiple times to get the isolation of each
channel.
Acceptanc
Isolation between adjacent channels ≥25dB
e Criteria
Remarks
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 324
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisit
been configured properly.
es
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a variable laser source, an optical
power meter, optical fiber jumpers and the OMU board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-229 Configuration of ODU Isolation between Non-adjacent
Channels
OU Optical
Variable IN1
T power
optical source IN2
meter
OMU under
test
INn
Test
Process
2. Test method:
1) Configure the test environment according to the solid line shown in
the above figure.
2) Adjust the output wavelength of the variable laser source as the
wavelength λn of channel n (n=1, 2 …) of the board under test.
3) Test the port optical power of channel n to get the value Pno, and
test optical power of the channel m (m=1,2… and m≠n) to get the value
Pmo (unit: dBm).
4) The isolation between channel m and channel n is Pno-Pmo (unit:
dB).
5) Repeat these procedures multiple times to get the isolation of each
channel.
Acceptanc
Isolation between Non-adjacent Channels ≥25dB
e Criteria
Remarks
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 325
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1.35.1 Insertion Loss and the Maximum Insertion Loss Difference of Each
Channel
Test Insertion Loss and the Maximum Insertion Loss Difference of Each
Item Channel
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 326
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a variable laser source, an optical
power meter, optical fiber jumpers and the OMU board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-230 Configuration of the VMUX Insertion Loss
IN1
Optical
Variable OUT
VMUX power
optical source
meter
IN40
2. Test method:
Test 1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure.
Process
2) Connect the devices according to the dotted lines in the above figure.
Adjust the output wavelength of the variable laser optical source and set it
to the wavelength of the working port n of the board under test. Test the
optical power and record the value as Pi(λ).
3) Connect the devices according to the solid lines in the above figure.
Test the optical power passed by the port n of the board under test, and
record the value as Pno(λ) in unit of dBm. The insertion loss is calculated
by the following formula: Lossn(λ)=Pi(λ)-Pno(λ) (unit: dB).
4) Repeat step 2 and step 3 multiple times to test the insertion loss of
each port.
5) Calculate the difference between the maximum and minimum values
of the insertion losses of each port. This difference is the maximum
difference between the insertion losses of each channel.
Accepta
Insertion loss ≤ 10dB
nce
Maximum Insertion Loss Difference of Each Channel ≤ 3dB
Criteria
Remark
s
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 327
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1.36.1 Insertion Loss and the Maximum Insertion Loss Difference of Each
Channel
Test Item Insertion Loss and the Maximum Insertion Loss Difference of Each
Channel
Prerequisites 1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
Test Process
1) The needed materials include a variable laser source, an optical
power meter and optical fiber jumpers.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-231 Configuration of OAD Insertion Loss
Variable
A1
optical Optical
A2 OUT
source power
A3 meter
A4/8
Optical
MID2
power
MID1 OAD meter
Optical D1
power Variable
D2 IN
meter optical
D3
source
D4/8
Variable
optical
source
2. Test method:
1) Connect the test devices according to the purple lines in the above
figure. Test the insertion loss of IN-DROP.2) Connect the devices
according to the purple dotted lines in the above figure. Adjust the output
wavelength of the variable laser optical source and set it to the
wavelength of the working port Dn of the board under test. Test the
optical power and record the value as Pi(λ).
3) Connect the devices according to the solid lines in the above figure.
Test the optical power passed by the port Dn of the board under test, and
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 328
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
record the value as Pno(λ) in unit of dBm. The insertion loss is calculated
by the following formula: Lossn(λ)=Pi(λ)-Pno(λ) (unit: dB).
4) Repeat step 2 and step 3 multiple times to test the insertion loss
between IN and each DROP port.
5) Calculate the difference between the maximum and minimum values
of the insertion losses between IN port and each DROP port. This
difference is the maximum difference between the insertion losses
between IN and each DROP port.
6) Connect the test devices according to the red lines in the above
figure. Test the insertion loss of IN-DROP.
7) Connect the devices according to the red dotted lines in the above
figure. Adjust the output wavelength of the variable laser optical source
and set it to the wavelength of the working port An of the board under
test. Test the optical power and record the value as Pi(λ).
8) Connect the devices according to the red solid lines in the above
figure. Test the optical power passed by the port An of the board under
test, and record the value as Pno(λ) in unit of dBm. The insertion loss is
calculated by the following formula: Lossn(λ)=Pi(λ)-Pno(λ) (unit: dB).
9) Repeat step 7 and step 8 multiple times to test the insertion loss
between OUT and each ADD port.
10)Calculate the difference between the maximum and minimum values of the
insertion losses between OUT port and each ADD port. This difference is the
maximum difference between the insertion losses between the OUT port and
11)Connect the test devices according to the blue lines in the above
figure. Test the insertion loss of IN-OUT.
12)Connect the devices according to the blue dotted lines in the above
figure. Adjust the output wavelength of the variable laser optical source
and set it to the wavelength of the working port MID of the board under
test. Test the optical power and record the value as Pi(λ).
13)Connect the devices according to the blue solid lines in the above
figure. Test the optical power passed by the MID port of the board under
test, and record the value as Pno(λ) in unit of dBm. The insertion loss of
channel n is calculated by the following formula: Lossn(λ)=Pi(λ)-Pno(λ)
(unit: dB).
14)Repeat step 12 and step 13 multiple times to test the insertion loss
between OUT and IN ports at each working wavelength.
15)Calculate the difference between the maximum and minimum values of the
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 329
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
insertion losses between OUT and IN ports at each working wavelength. This
difference is the maximum difference between the insertion losses between OUT
and IN ports.
Remarks
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisi
been configured properly.
tes
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 330
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a variable laser source, an optical
power meter and optical fiber jumpers.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-232 Configuration of the OAD Channel Isolation
Variable
A1
optical Optical
A2 OUT
source power
A3 meter
A4/8
Optical
MID2
power
MID1 OAD meter
Optical D1
power Variable
D2 IN
meter optical
D3
source
D4/8
Variable
optical
source
2. Test method:
Test
1) Connect the test devices according to the purple solid lines in the
Process
above figure. Test the isolation of the drop port.
2) Adjust the output wavelength of the variable optical source and set it
to the wavelength λn of the drop port of channel n (n=1~8) of the OAD
board under test.
3) Test the optical power of the drop port of channel n, and record the
value as Pno. Test the optical power of drop port of channel m
(m=1,2,…,m≠n), and record the value as Pmo (the unit of optical power is
dBm).
4) The isolation of n drop channel at channel m is Pno-Pmo (unit: dB).
5) Repeat step 2.
6) Test the optical power of the drop port of channel n, and record the
value as Pno. Test the optical power of the output port according to the
blue solid line in the above figure, and record the value as Pmo (the unit
of optical power is dBm).
7) The isolation of the n drop channel at the direct-through port is
Pno-Pmo (unit: dB).
8) Repeat step 2 to step 7 multiple times to test each isolation.
1. Adjacent isolation of the drop port ≥25 dB.
Acceptan
2. Non-adjacent isolation of the drop port ≥30 dB.
ce
3. Isolation between In-Mid1 and Drop ≥14 dB.
Criteria
4. Isolation between In-Out and Drop ≥28 dB.
Remarks
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 331
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1.37.1 Insertion Loss and the Maximum Insertion Loss Difference of Each
Channel
Test Insertion Loss and the Maximum Insertion Loss Difference of Each
Item Channel
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 332
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a variable laser source, an optical
power meter and optical fiber jumpers.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-233 Configuration of the OGMD Insertion Loss
Variable Optical
RI OUT
optical power
BI
source meter
Optical
RO OGMD Variable
BO IN
power optical
meter source
2. Test method:
1) Connect the test devices according to the purple lines in the above
figure. Test the insertion loss at the de-multiplex direction.
Test 2) Connect the devices according to the purple dotted lines in the above
Process figure. Adjust the output wavelength of the variable laser optical source and
set it within the wavelength range of the working port RO/BO of the board
under test. Test the optical power and record the value as Pi(λ).
3) Connect the devices according to the purple solid lines in the above
figure. Test the optical power passed by the RO and BO ports of the board
under test, and record the value as Pno(λ) with the dBm unit. The RO/BO
insertion loss is calculated by the following formula: Lossn(λ)=Pi(λ)-Pno(λ)
(unit: dB).
4) Connect the test devices according to the red lines in the above figure.
Test the insertion loss at multiplex direction.
5) Connect the devices according to the red dotted lines in the above
figure. Adjust the output wavelength of the variable laser optical source and
set it within the wavelength range of the working port RI/BI of the board
under test. Test the optical power and record the value as Pi(λ).
6) Connect the devices according to the red solid lines in the above
figure. Test the optical power passed by the RI/BI port of the board under
test, and record the value as Pno(λ) with the dBm unit. The RI/BI insertion
loss is calculated by the following formula: Lossn(λ)=Pi(λ)-Pno(λ) (unit: dB).
Accepta
Insertion loss ≤2dB
nce
Maximum insertion loss difference of each channel ≤1dB
Criteria
Remark
s
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 333
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1.37.2 Isolation
Test
Isolation
Item
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 334
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a variable laser source, an optical
power meter and optical fiber jumpers.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-234 Configuration of the OGMD Isolation
Variable Optical
RI OUT
optical power
BI
source meter
Optical
RO OGMD Variable
BO IN
power optical
meter source
2. Test method:
1) Connect the test devices according to the purple solid lines in the
above figure. Test the isolation at the de-multiplex direction. 2) Adjust
the output wavelength of the variable optical source and set it within the
wavelength range of RO port for the OGMD board under test.
3) Test the optical power of the RO port, and record the value as Pno.
Test the optical power of BO port, and record the value as Pmo (the unit of
optical power is dBm).
Test 4) The isolation of the RO port at BO port is Pno-Pmo (unit: dB).
Process 5) Adjust the output wavelength of the variable optical source and set it
within the wavelength range of BO port for the OGMD board under test.
6) Test the optical power of the BO port, and record the value as Pno.
Test the optical power of RO port, and record the value as Pmo (the unit of
optical power is dBm).
7) The isolation of the BO port at RO port is Pno-Pmo (unit: dB).
8) Connect the test devices according to the red solid lines in the above
figure. Test the isolation at the multiplex direction. 9) Adjust the output
wavelength of the variable optical source and set it within the wavelength
range of RI port for the OGMD board under test.
10) Test the optical power of the RI port, and record the value as Pno.
Test the optical power of BI port, and record the value as Pmo (the unit of
optical power is dBm).
11) The isolation of the RI port at BI port is Pno-Pmo (unit: dB).
12) Adjust the output wavelength of the variable optical source and set it
within the wavelength range of BI port for the OGMD board under test.
13) Test the optical power of the BI port, and record the value as Pno. Test
the optical power of RI port, and record the value as Pmo (the unit of optical
power is dBm).
14) The isolation of the BO port at RO port is Pno-Pmo (unit: dB).
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 335
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Accepta
Isolation between adjacent channels ≥20 dB
nce
Isolation between non-adjacent channels ≥25 dB
Criteria
Remark
s
1.38.1 Insertion Loss and the Maximum Insertion Loss Difference of Each
Channel
Test Insertion Loss and the Maximum Insertion Loss Difference of Each
Item Channel
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 336
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a variable laser source, an optical
power meter and optical fiber jumpers.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-235 Configuration of the OCI Insertion Loss
OUT1
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure.
2) Adjust the output wavelength of the variable laser optical source and
set it to the wavelength of the working port IN of the board under test. Test
the optical power and record the value as Pi(λ).
3) Test the optical power passed by the port OUT1/OUT2 of the board
under test, and record the value as Pno(λ) in unit of dBm. The insertion loss
is calculated by the following formula: Lossn(λ)=Pi(λ)-Pno(λ) (unit: dB).
4) Test the insertion loss from IN1/IN2 to the port OUT.
Accepta
Insertion loss≤3dB
nce
Maximum insertion loss difference of each channel ≤1dB
Criteria
Remark
s
1.38.2 Isolation
Test
Isolation
Item
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 337
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a variable laser source, an optical
power meter and optical fiber jumpers.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-236 Configuration of the OCI Isolation
OUT1
Test OCI
Process Optical power OUT IN1 Variable
meter optical source
IN2
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure. Select the
working wavelength whose optical source wavelength is OUT2, and then
test the optical input power Pi of the IN port.
2) Test the optical power Po of the OUT2 port passed by the board under
test.
3) Calculate the isolation according to the following formula: IL = Pi-Po.
4) Repeat steps 1 t o3 to test the isolation of other ports.
Accepta
nce Isolation ≥25 dB
Criteria
Remark
s
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 338
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 339
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a variable laser source, an optical
power meter and optical fiber jumpers.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following two figures.
Figure 1-237 Configuration of the ADMR Insertion Loss
Optical
Variable Out power
optical In SDMR under meter
source test Sout Optical
power
meter
Figure 1-238 Configuration of the SDMT Insertion Loss
Variable In Optical
Test optical Out power
SDMT under
Process source meter
Sin test
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figures.
2) Adjust the output wavelength of the variable laser optical source and
set it to the wavelength range (192.1THz ~ 196.0THz) of the working port
IN of the board under test. Test the optical power and record the value as
Pi(λ).
3) Test the optical power passed by the out port of the board, and record
it as P0(λ) in unit of dBm.
4) Calculate the insertion loss of the SDMR/SDMT board according to
the following formula: Lossn(λ)=Pi(λ)-Po(λ) (unit: dB).
Accepta
nce Insertion loss≤2 dB
Criteria
Remark
s
1.39.2 Isolation
Test
Isolation
Item
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 340
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a variable laser source, an optical
power meter and optical fiber jumpers.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following two figures.
Figure 1-239 Configuration of the SDMR Isolation
Optical
Variable Out power
optical In SDMR under meter
source test Sout
In Optical
Out power
Test SDMT under
Variable Sin meter
test
Process optical
source
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figures.
2) Adjust the output wavelength of the variable laser optical source and
set it to the wavelength of the optical monitoring channel (1510±10nm).
Test the optical power of the source, and record it as Pi(λ).
3) Test the optical power passed by the out port of the board, and record
it as P0(λ) in unit of dBm.
4) Calculate the isolation of the SDMR/SDMT board for the supervision
signal wavelength according to the following formula: Lossn(λ)=Pi(λ)-Po(λ)
(unit: dB).
1) SDMT:
IN→OUT (@λSIN): ≥12dB
Accepta
SIN→OUT (@λIN):≥20dB
nce
2)SDMR:
Criteria
IN→OUT (@λSOUT):≥12 dB
IN→SOUT (@λOUT):≥40 dB
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 341
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Remark
s
1.40.1 Insertion Loss and the Maximum Insertion Loss Difference of Each
Channel
Test Insertion Loss and the Maximum Insertion Loss Difference of Each
Item Channel
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 342
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a variable laser source, an optical
power meter, optical fiber jumpers and the OMU board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-241 Configuration of the PDU Insertion Loss
OU
IN1 D1
Variable T
O1-1
optical
O1-1
source Po
Pi PDU
O1-m
Test INn
Process
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure.
2) Connect the devices according to the dotted lines in the above figure.
Adjust the output wavelength of the variable laser optical source and set it
to the wavelength of the working port n of the board under test. Test the
optical power and record the value as Pi(λ).
3) Connect the devices according to the solid lines in the above figure.
Test the optical power passed by the port n of the board under test, and
record the value as Pno(λ) in unit of dBm. The insertion loss is calculated
by the following formula: Lossn(λ)=Pi(λ)-Pno(λ) (unit: dB).
4) Repeat step 2 and step 3 multiple times to test the insertion loss of
each port.
Remark
s
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 343
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 344
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a broadband source, a spectrometer,
optical fiber jumpers, the board under test and the EMS.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-242 Configuration of the WBU Insertion Loss
Variable Optical
IN OUT
optical WBU under test power
source 1 meter 2
DROP1 ADD1
Optical Variable
power optical
meter 1 source 2
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure.
2) Use the computer to control the wavelength channel direct-through of
the board under test with the attenuation of 0. Adjust the wavelength of the
variable optical source 1 to set the output wavelength to a value within the
working wavelength range. Measure the optical output power P1 of the
variable optical source 1 according to the dotted lines in the above figure.
3) Configure the test environment according to the solid lines in the
Test
above figure and measure the optical output power P1’ of the board at the
Process
optical power meter 2.
4) Calculate the insertion loss of the direct-through channel as P1-P1’.
5) Repeat steps 2 to 5. Change the wavelength of the direct-through
channel, and test the insertion loss of direct-through channels of other
wavelengths within the working wavelength range.
6) Adjust the wavelength of the variable optical source 1 to set the output
wavelength to a value within the working wavelength range. Measure the
optical output power P2 of the optical source at the optical power meter 1
according to the dotted lines in the above figure.
7) Configure the test environment according to the solid lines in the
above figure and measure the optical output power P2’ of the board at the
optical power meter 1.
8) Calculate the DROP insertion loss as P2-P2’.
9) Adjust the wavelength of the variable optical source 2 to set the output
wavelength to a value within the working wavelength range. Measure the
optical output power P3 of the optical source at the optical power meter 2
according to the dotted lines in the above figure.
10) Configure the test environment according to the solid lines in the
above figure and measure the optical output power P3’ of the board at the
optical power meter 2.
11) Calculate the ADD insertion loss as P3-P3’.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 345
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. WBU/AD1
1) Insertion loss of the IN-Drop port: ≤3.5dB
2) For the insertion loss of the ADD-OUT port ≤1.5dB
3) Insertion loss of the IN-OUT port ≤17dB
Accepta
2. WBU/AD2
nce
1) Insertion loss of the IN-DROP1 port ≤11dB
Criteria
2) Insertion loss of the IN-DROP2 port ≤1.5dB
3) Insertion loss of the ADD1-OUT port ≤11dB
4) Insertion loss of the ADD2-OUT port ≤1.5dB
5) Insertion loss of the IN-OUT port ≤28dB
Remark
s
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 346
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a broadband source, a
spectrometer, optical fiber jumpers, the board under test and the EMS.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-243 Configuration of the WBU Insertion Loss
Variable Optical
optical WSU under test power
source 1 meter 2
Optical Variable
power optical
meter 1 source 2
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure.
2) Use the computer to control the wavelength channel
direct-through of the board under test with the attenuation of 0. Adjust
the wavelength of the variable optical source 1 to set the output
wavelength to the value. Measure the optical output power P1 of the
variable optical source 1 according to the dotted lines in the above
figure.
3) Configure the test environment according to the solid lines in the
above figure and measure the optical output power P1’ of the board at
Test Process
the optical power meter 2.
4) Calculate the insertion loss of the direct-through channel as
P1-P1’.
5) Repeat steps 2 to 5. Change the wavelength of the direct-through
channel, and test the insertion loss of direct-through channels of other
wavelengths within the working wavelength range.
6) Use the computer to control the wavelength channel DROP from
one port of the board under test with the attenuation of 0. Adjust the
wavelength of the variable optical source 1 to set the output
wavelength to the value. Measure the optical output power P2 of the
variable optical source 1 according to the dotted lines in the above
figure.
7) Configure the test environment according to the solid lines in the
above figure and measure the optical output power P2’ of the board at
the optical power meter 1.
8) Calculate the DROP insertion loss as P2-P2’.
9) Adjust the wavelength of the variable optical source 2 to set the
output wavelength to a value within the working wavelength range.
Measure the optical output power P3 of the optical source at the
optical power meter 2 according to the dotted lines in the above figure.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 347
10) Configure the test environment according to the solid lines in the
above figure and measure the optical output power P3’ of the board at
the optical power meter 2.
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. WSUA/MD1
1) Insert loss of IN-D1 port ≤2dB
2) Insert loss of IN-Exout port ≤9dB
3) Insert loss from A1 to A8-OUT ports ≤8dB
4) Insert loss of ExinIN-OUT port ≤8dB
2. WSUA/MD2
1) Insert loss of IN-D1 port ≤2dB
2) Insert loss of IN-D2 port≤10dB
3) Insert loss of IN-Exout port≤16dB
4) Insert loss from A1 to A8-OUT ports≤8dB
5) Insert loss of ExinIN-OUT port≤8dB
3. WSUA/E
Acceptance 1) Insert loss from A1 to A9-OUT ports≤8dB
Criteria 4. WSUD/MA1
1) Insert loss of A1-OUT port ≤2dB
2) Insert loss of IN-Exout port ≤8dB
3) Insert loss from IN-D1 to D8 port≤8dB
4) Insert loss of ExinIN-OUT port≤9dB
5. WSUD/MA1
1) Insert loss of A1-OUT port≤10dB
2) Insert loss of A2-OUT port≤2dB
3) Insert loss of IN-Exout port≤8dB
4) Insert loss from IN-D1 to D8 ports ≤8dB
5) Insert loss of ExinIN-OUT port≤16dB
6. WSUD/E
1) Insert loss from IN-D1 to D9 ports 8dB
Remarks N/A
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 348
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a variable laser source, an optical
power meter and optical fiber jumpers.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following two figures.
Figure 1-244 Configuration of the LAC Insertion Loss
IN
U n d er test OUT O p tical p o w er
O p tical so u rce
LAC m eter
Test
Process
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure.
2) Set the attenuation of the LAC board to the minimum value.
3) Adjust the output wavelength of the variable laser optical source and
set it to the wavelength range (192.1THz ~ 196.0THz) of the working port
IN of the board under test. Test the optical power and record the value as
Pi(λ).
4) Test the optical power passed by the out port of the board, and record
it as P0(λ) in unit of dBm.
5) Calculate the insertion loss of the board according to the following
formula: Lossn(λ)=Pi(λ)-Po(λ) (unit: dB).
Accepta
LAC: ≤2dB
nce
LAC-GFF: ≤5dB
Criteria
Remark
s
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 349
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a variable laser source, an optical
power meter, optical fiber jumpers and the OMU board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-245 OA Maximum Overall Optical Output Power
Variable
Variable Optical
optical
Test Process optical OA under test power
attenuat
source meter
or
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator to gradually increase the
optical input power of the board under test. Check and record the
maximum optical output power.
SEOPA1717: ≤17dBm
SEOPA2217: ≤17dBm
SEOPA2717: ≤17dBm
SEOBA1717: ≤17dBm
Acceptance SEOBA2220: ≤20dBm
Criteria EOBAH2424: ≤24dBm
EOBAH2626: ≤26dBm
EONA2520: ≤20dBm
EONA3320: ≤20dBm
SEOLA2220: ≤20dBm
Remarks
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 350
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a multi-wavelength optical source,
a spectrometer, optical fiber jumpers, and the board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-246 Configuration of the OA Noise Coefficient
Variable
multi-
optical OA under test spectro
wavelength
attenuat meter
optical source
or
2. Test method:
Test Process 1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure. The
spectrometer performs the EDFA automatic analysis function.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator to set the optical input power
of the OA within the normal working range.
3) Configure the test environment according to the dotted lines
shown in the above figure and use the spectrometer to test the OA
input.
4) Configure the test environment according to solid lines shown in
the above figure and use the spectrometer to test the OA input.
5) Perform the EDFA automatic analysis function of the
spectrometer to test the noise coefficient and gain of each channel.
EOBAH: ≤6 dB
SEOBA: ≤6 dB
Acceptance
SEOLA: ≤6 dB
Criteria
SEOPA: ≤5.5 dB
EONA: ≤6 dB
Remarks
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 351
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a variable laser source, an optical
power meter, optical fiber jumpers and the OMU board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-247 Configuration of the OA Signal Gain
Variable
Optical
Variable optical OA under test power
optical source attenuat
meter
or
.
Test Process
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator to set the optical input power
of the board under test within the normal working range.
3) Measure the optical input and output powers of the OA.
4) The difference between the optical output power (dBm) and the
optical input power (dBm).
SEOPA1717: 17dB
SEOPA2217: 22dB
SEOPA2717: 27dB
SEOBA1717: 17dB
Acceptance SEOBA2220: 22dB
Criteria EOBAH2424: 24dB
EOBAH2626: 26dB
EONA2520: 25dB
EONA3320: 33dB
SEOLA2220: 22dB
Remarks
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 352
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a multi-wavelength optical source,
a spectrometer, optical fiber jumpers, and the board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-248 Configuration of the OA Gain Flatness
Variable
multi-
optical OA under test spectro
Test Process wavelength
attenuat meter
optical source
or
2. Test method:
1) Measure the gain of the OA under each channel with reference to
the method described in chapter 1.42.4.
2) The difference between the maximum and minimum values of the
gain indicates the gain flatness.
Acceptance
Gain Flatness ≤2dB
Criteria
Remarks
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 353
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Test environment:
Refer to chapter 1.42.2.
Test Process
2. Test method:
Refer to chapter 1.42.2.
Acceptance
Gain Slope ≤2dB/dB
Criteria
Remarks
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a variable laser source, an optical
power meter, optical fiber jumpers and the OMU board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-249 Configuration of the OA Signal Gain
Variable
Variable Optical
optical
optical DRA power
attenuat
source meter
or
Test Process
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure.
2) Adjust the variable optical attenuator to set the optical input power
of the board under test within the normal working range.
3) Measure the optical input and output powers of the OA.
4) The difference between the optical output power (dBm) and the
optical input power (dBm).
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 354
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a multi-wavelength optical source,
a spectrometer, optical fiber jumpers, and the board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-250 Configuration of the OA Gain Flatness
Variable
multi-
optical DRA spectro
Test Process wavelength
attenuat meter
optical source
or
2. Test method:
1) Measure the gain of the OA under each channel with reference to
the method described in chapter 1.42.4.
2) The difference between the maximum and minimum values of the
gain indicates the gain flatness.
Acceptance
Gain Flatness ≤2dB
Criteria
Remarks
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 355
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Test Configuration:
Test method:
Create a test environmen according to the above figure. After the reading on
the multi-wavelength meter is stable, read the output wavelength.
Accepta
nce Central wavelength: 1510±10 nm
Criteria
Remark
s
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 356
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include a multi-wavelength optical source,
optical fiber jumpers, and the board under test.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-252 Configuration of the Average Transmit Optical Power
Test Process
OSC under Optical power
test meter
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure.
2) Read the optical power from the optical power meter.
80km SFP: -3~+2dBm
Acceptance
120km SFP: +2~+7dBm
Criteria
140Km SFP: +3~+10dBm
Clean the optical connector and ensure good connection before the
Remarks
test..
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 357
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
OSC board
Adjustable
50/50
optical
coupler
attenuator
Optical power
Test meter
Process
NE A NE B
OSC board Adjustable OSC board
50/50
optical
coupler
attenuator
Optical power
meter
Remark
s
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 358
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
OSC board
Adjustable
50/50
optical
coupler
attenuator
Optical power
meter
Test
Process
NE A NE B
OSC board Adjustable OSC board
50/50
optical
coupler
attenuator
Optical power
meter
Remark
s
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 359
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include an optical power meter and optical
fiber jumpers.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-253 Configuration of the SOP Insertion Loss
T1- Po
T1_I O1
T1- Optical power meter
Optical source
O2
Pi R1_ R1-I1
O R1-I2
Optical power meter
SOP T2-
T2_I O1
T2-
Test Process O1
R2_ R2-I1
O R2-I2
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure.
2) Test the optical output power of the optical source and record it as
Pi(λ) in unit of dBm.
3) Test the optical output power passed by the board and record it as
Po(λ) in unit of dBm.
4) Calculate the insertion loss according o the following formula:
Lossn(λ)=Pi(λ)-Po(λ) (unit: dB).
5) Repeat steps 2 t0 4 to test other ports.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 360
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
T1_I-T1_O1<4.5dB
T1_I-T1_O2<4.5 dB
T2_I-T2_O1<4.5 dB
Acceptance T2_I-T2_O2<4.5 dB
Criteria R1_O-R1_I1<2.2 dB
R1_O-R1_I1<2.2 dB
R2_O-R2_I1<2.2 dB
R2_O-R2_I2<2.2 dB
Remarks
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 361
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Test environment:
1) The needed materials include an optical power meter and optical
fiber jumpers.
2) The test configuration is shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-254 Configuration of the SOPCS Insertion Loss
AWO Po
AIN Optical power meter
Optical source BPO
Pi AOU AWI
T BWI
Optical power meter
SOPCS BWO
BIN
APO
Test Process
BOU API
T BWI
2. Test method:
1) Create a test environmen according to the above figure.
2) Test the optical output power of the optical source and record it as
Pi(λ) in unit of dBm.
3) Test the optical output power passed by the board and record it
as Po(λ) in unit of dBm.
4) Calculate the insertion loss according o the following formula:
Lossn(λ)=Pi(λ)-Po(λ) (unit: dB).
5) Repeat steps 2 t0 4 to test other ports.
AIN-AWO<4dB
AIN-BPO<4dB
BIN-BWO<4dB
Acceptance BIN-APO<4dB
Criteria AWI-AOUT<4dB
BWI-AOUT<4dB
API-BOUT<4dB
BPI-BOUT<4dB
Remarks
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 362
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The equipment
has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequi
configured properly.
sites
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to the
NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Create a test environment, as shown in the following figure in case that
the client side can be connected to the OTN tester or SDH analyzer
according to the supported service access types.
Figure 1-255 Configuration of the OPUk Overhead
SDH analyzer
Client Board Line
or OTN tester
Test side under test side
OTN tester
Process
2. Use the OTN tester to monitor the PT byte content sent by the board
under test and set the PT byte content sent by the tester.
3. Set the corresponding PT expected value on the EMS, and query the
PT value and related alarm reported currently.
4. Modify the PT byte content sent by the tester and query the PT content
and related alarm of the board on the EMS.
1. The board under test supports the OPUk overhead.
2. The PT byte content monitored by the tester should be consistent with
Accepta that sent by the board.
nce 3. Monitoring over PT byte is supported and the PT byte content can be
Criteria queried on the EMS.
4. When the expected value is not consistent with the actual value, the
EMS reports the “OPU Payload Type Mismatch” alarm.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 363
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
The test is conducted to prove that the board can support the following
functions:
Remark 1. The board supports the OPUk overhead.
s 2. It supports the functions of monitoring and setting PT byte.
3. When the PT byte content is modified to be inconsistent with the
expected value, the EMS reports the “OPU Payload Type Mismatch” alarm.
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
1. Configure the test environment according to the following figure in
case that the client side can be connected to the OTN tester or SDH
analyzer according to the supported service access types.
Figure 1-256 Configuration of the ODUk PM Overhead
SDH analyzer
Client Board Line
or OTN tester
side under test side
OTN tester
2. Use the OTN tester to monitor the ODUk overhead content sent by
the board under test and set the ODUk overhead content sent by the
Test Process tester.
3. Modify the TTI byte content sent by the tester and query the TTI
byte content and current alarm on the EMS.
4. Perform the error insertion function at the ODU layer of the tester to
insert N*BIP-8 errors, query the current performance and current alarm
on the EMS, and monitor the tester in the meantime.
5. Use the tester to send BDI and BEI and query the current
performance and current alarm on the EMS.
6. The OTN tester sets numerical values of the STAT, including AIS,
OCI, LCK and the normal value, and then sends them to the board
under test. Query the current alarm of the board on the EMS.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 364
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
This test is conducted to prove that the board under test can support the
following functions at both line side and client side.
At line-side:
1. It supports monitoring over TTI. The EMS can monitor
corresponding TTI byte of the equipment under test. If the detected byte
is inconsistent with the actual byte, the board reports a TIM alarm and
back insert a BDI alarm into the signal.
2. The tester sends N error signals to the equipment under test. The
equipment receives corresponding BIP8 error and the tester receives
N*BEI.
3. The tester sends N*BEI to the equipment under test, and the
Remarks
equipment receives N*BEI.
4. It supports monitoring over each status of PM-BDI and STAT.
At client-side:
1. The service is OTU2. The tester only detects the TTI value but
does not report alarms.
2. The tester sends N error signals to the device under test. The
device receives corresponding BIP8 error and the tester receives
N*BEI.
3. The tester sends N*BEI to the device under test, and the device
receives N*BEI.
4. It supports monitoring over each status of the PM-BDI and STAT.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 365
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
SDH analyzer
Client Board Line
or OTN tester
side under test side
OTN tester
2. Use the OTN tester to monitor the ODUk overhead content sent by
the board under test and set the ODUk overhead content sent by the
Test Process tester.
3. Modify the TTI byte content sent by the tester and query the TTI
byte content and current alarm on the EMS.
4. Perform the error insertion function at ODU layer of the tester to
insert N*BIP-8 errors, query the current performance and current alarm
on the EMS, and monitor the tester in the meantime.
5. Use the tester to send BDI and BEI and query the current
performance and current alarm on the EMS.
6. The OTN tester sets numerical values of the STAT, including AIS,
OCI, LCK and the normal value, and then sends them to the board
under test. Query the current alarm of the board on the EMS.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 366
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 367
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
This test is conducted to prove that the board under test can support the
following functions at both line side and client side.
At line side:
1. It supports the functions of setting and querying TCM1~TCM6,
including their running, transparent transmission and monitoring status.
2. It supports the monitoring over TTI. The EMS can monitor
corresponding TTI byte of the equipment under test. If the detected byte
is inconsistent with the actual byte, the equipment will report a TIM
alarm and back insert a BDI alarm into the signal.
3. The tester sends N error signals to the equipment under test. The
equipment receives corresponding BIP8 error and the tester receives
N*BEI.
4. The tester sends N*BEI to the equipment under test, and the
equipment receives N*BEI.
5. It supports the monitoring over each status of the PM-BDI and
Remarks
STAT.
At client side:
1. It supports the functions of setting and querying TCM1~TCM6,
including their running, and monitoring status.
2. It supports the monitoring over TTI. The EMS can monitor
corresponding TTI byte of the equipment under test. If the detected byte
is inconsistent with the actual byte, the equipment will report a TIM
alarm and back insert a BDI alarm into the signal.
3. The tester sends N error signals to the equipment under test. The
equipment receives corresponding BIP8 error and the tester receives
N*BEI.
4. The tester sends N*BEI to the equipment under test, and the
equipment receives N*BEI.
5. It supports the monitoring over each status of the PM-BDI and
STAT.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 368
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
SDH analyzer
Client Board Line
or OTN tester
side under test side
OTN tester
2. Use the OTN tester to monitor the OTUk overhead content sent by
the board under test and set the OTUk overhead content sent by the
Test Process tester.
3. Modify the TTI byte content sent by the tester and query the TTI
byte content and current alarm on the EMS.
4. Perform the error insertion function at OTUk layer of the tester to
insert N*BIP-8 errors, query the current performance and current alarm
on the EMS, and monitor the tester in the meantime.
5. Use the tester to send BDI and BEI and query the current
performance and current alarm on the EMS.
6. The OTN tester sets numerical values of the STAT, including AIS,
OCI, LCK and the normal value, and then sends them to the board
under test. Query the current alarm of the board on the EMS.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 369
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 370
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
This test is conducted to prove that the board under test can support the
following functions at both line side and client side.
At line side:
1. It supports the OTUk overhead.
2. It supports monitoring over TTI and modifies the TTI byte sent by
the tester. The EMS can monitor corresponding TTI byte of the
equipment under test, report the “SM TTI Mismatch” alarm, and back
insert a BDI alarm into the signal.
3. The tester sends N error signals to the equipment under test. The
equipment receives corresponding BIP8 error and the tester receives
N*BEI.
4. The tester sends N*BEI to the equipment under test, and the
equipment receives N*BEI.
5. It supports BDI and SM-IAE/BIAE.
Remarks
6. The board does not monitor GCC0.
At client side:
1. It supports the OTUk overhead.
2. It supports monitoring over TTI and modifies the TTI byte sent by
the tester. The EMS can monitor corresponding TTI byte of the
equipment under test, report the “SM TTI Mismatch” alarm, and back
insert a BDI alarm into the signal.
3. The tester sends N error signals to the equipment under test. The
equipment receives corresponding BIP8 error and the tester receives
N*BEI.
4. The tester sends N*BEI to the equipment under test, and the
equipment receives N*BEI.
5. It supports BDI and SM-IAE/BIAE.
6. It supports the monitoring over each status of STAT.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 371
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 372
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Spectrometer
Client side
The following table lists the requirements for the maximum channel
power difference at MPI-S (S’) point.
Table 2-1 Requirements for the maximum channel power difference at
MPI-S (S’) point
Acceptance System Type N×22dB M×33dB
Criteria
10G ≤4 ≤3
40G (DPSK&
≤6 ≤6
RZ-DQPSK)
100G (PM-QPSK) ≤6 ≤6
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 373
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 374
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Spectrometer
Client side
Acceptance
Just record it
Criteria
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 375
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Spectrometer
Client side
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 376
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
The following table lists the requirements for the maximum channel
power difference at MPI-R (R’) point.
Table 2-2 Requirements for the maximum channel power difference at
MPI-R (R’) point
Acceptance System Type N×22dB M×33dB
Criteria
10G ≤6 ≤4
40G (DPSK&
≤8 ≤8
RZ-DQPSK)
100G (PM-QPSK) ≤6 ≤6
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has been
Prerequisi
configured properly.
tes
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded to
the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 377
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Spectrometer
Client side
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 378
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
The following table lists the requirements for the optical signal-to-noise
ratio of each channel at MPI-R (R’) point.
Table 2-3 Requirements for the Optical Signal-to-Noise Ratio of Each
Channel at MPI-R (R’) Point
P-DPSK line
AFEC service OTU3e
OSNR≥18 +AFEC
dB OSNR≥
19.5dB
RZ-DQPSK
ERZ+AFE
line service
C
OTU3e+AFEC
OSNR≥16
OSNR≥
dB
18.5dB
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 379
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
FC Analyzer
M820 M820
#1 #2
STM-64
Analyzer
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 380
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
FC Analyzer
M820 M820
#1 #2
STM-64
Analyzer
Remarks
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 381
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Ra Sd
Termin
OADM ation
site
Start
OADM site
Ra Sd
OTUm OTUn
IN
OUTSDH analyzer
APS test
Remarks N/A
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 382
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 383
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
SD H
analyzer
OADM
A
OADM OADM
D B
Test Process
OADM
C
L o o p b a ck
Acceptance
Zero bit error
Criteria
1. The bit error here refers to the long-term (24-hour) bit error feature
of the system.
2. For the 2.5G/10G services, you can test the cascade bit error. That
Remarks
is, send the DROP signal to an ADD OTU. In doing do, the optical power
may be overloaded. To solve this problem, add a fixed attenuator before
the ADD OTU.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 384
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
IP analyzer
OADM
A
Test Process
OADM OADM
D B
OADM
C
Loopback
2. Use the ScriptMate software of the IP data service tester to test the
packet loss rate and read the result from the tester.
Remarks N/A
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 385
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
2.3.3 Throughout
Test Item Throughout
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
IP analyzer
OADM
A
Test Process
OADM OADM
D B
OADM
C
Loopback
2. Use the IP data service tester to test the throughout and read the
result from the tester.
Acceptance
100%
Criteria
Remarks N/A
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 386
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
IP analyzer
OADM
A
Test Process
OADM OADM
D B
OADM
C
Loopback
2. Use the IP data service tester to test the time delay and read the
result from the tester.
Acceptance
Just record it.
Criteria
Remarks N/A
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 387
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
C1
1
IXIA ASMA
2
Test Process C2
Enable the MAC address learning function, and then check the MAC
address of the port. In case of dynamic MAC, please quit.
Use the IP analyzer to send data packets, and increase the MAC
address gradually.
1) Disable the MAC address learning function, and then check the
MAC address table. No more new MAC addresses are learnt.
2) Enable the MAC address learning function, and then check the MAC
address table. New MAC addresses are learnt.
3) Send a MAC address of all 0, and check whether it is learnt.
4) Send a MAC address of all 1, and check whether it is learnt.
Acceptance 1) The MAC address learning function can be enabled and disabled.
Criteria 2) The MAC address of all 0 or all 1 cannot be learnt.
Remarks N/A
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 388
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
C1
1
IXIA ASMA
2
Test Process C2
Remarks N/A
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 389
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
C1
1
IXIA ASMA
2
C2
Test Process
1 Define an ACL rule for data flow;
1) Enable the ACL in port 1 and define the traffic policy in the meantime.
2) For example: traffic limit, 10Mbps.
3) Send data to port 1 through the IP analyzer and check the received
data packets.
2 COS based on port and VLAN
1) Configure the IP analyzer port 1 to send two data flows with full
bandwidth. One belongs to COS7, and the other belongs to COS3.
2) Configure the ASMA packet dispatching method as SP(Strict Priority).
3) Capture data packets from ASMA port C2 and analyze.
Remarks N/A
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 390
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
A A
S Line1 S Client4
Client4 M Line1 M
A A
1 2
1) Configure the ASMA1 and enable the “QinQ” function of client port4 .
2) Add Client port 4 and Line port 1 to Vlan 1000.
3) IP analyzer sends data packets (belongs to Vlan 100) to Client port 4
4) Capture data packets at Line port 1 and analyze.
5) Configure the ASMA2 and enable the “QinQ” function of client port.
6) Add Client port 4 and Line port 1 to Vlan 1000.
7) IP analyzer receives data packets from Client port 4.
8) Capture data packets at Client 4 and analyze.
Remarks N/A
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 391
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
2.4.5 Verifying the Number of VLANs that can be Configured to One Port
Simultaneously
Verifying the Number of VLANs that can be Configured to One Port
Test Item
Simultaneously
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
C1
1
IXIA ASMA
Test Process 2
C2
1 Create VLANs ranging from 1 to 4094 and add each port to all VLAN.
2
1) Set ports 1 and 2 to access mode for VLAN 1 to 4094.
2) Send broadcast data to C1 port with the maximum amount of
4094 though the IP analyzer.
3) Capture data packets at port 2 and analyze.
Remarks N/A
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 392
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
2.4.6 Support of Same C-VLAN and Different C-VLAN or Same S-VLAN and
Different S-VLAN
Support of Same C-VLAN and Different C-VLAN or Same S-VLAN
Test Item
and Different S-VLAN
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
A A
S Line1 S Client4
Client4 M Line1 M
A A
1 2
IXIA
Test Process
1 Enable and configure the “QinQ” function at the client port and uplink
port.
Set the client port 4 PVID to 5. And set the uplink port to belong to
VLAN 5.
2 Send data packets
1) Send packets of VLAN 5 to client port 4. Capture the packets from
uplink port and analyze. The expected result is number 1.
2) Send packets of VLAN 10 to client port 4. Capture the packets from
uplink port and analyze. The expected result is number 2.
3).Change the client port PVID to 10, repeat step 1) and 2). The
expected result is number 3 and number 4.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 393
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Remarks N/A
2.4.7 Verifying the Behavior of Sending Data Packets with the Same MAC
but Different VLANs
Verifying the Behavior of Sending Data Packets with the Same
Test Item
MAC but Different VLANs
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 394
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Client5 Client5
A A
S Line1 Line 1 S Client 4
Client4
M M
A A
1 2
IXIA
1 Enable and configure the “QinQ” function at the client port and uplink
port.
Set the client port PVID to 5.
Set the uplink port belongs to VLAN 5
Send 10 different data packets to client port 4 though the IP analyzer.
Capture the packets of uplink port and analyze. The expected result
Test Process should be number 1.
2 Enable and configure the flexible” QinQ” function of client port.
Set up the mapping relationship as follows:
c-VLAN 5 is mapped to s-VLAN 10.
c-VLAN 10 is mapped to s-VLAN 20.
Set the uplink port to belong to VLAN 10 and VLAN 20.
Send data packets of VLAN 5 and VLAN 10 to client port 4 though the
IP analyzer.
Capture the packets of uplink port and analyze. The expected result
should be number 2.
3 Enable and configure the flexible “QinQ” function at two different client
ports.
Set up the mapping relationship as follows:
Port 4: c-VLAN 5 is mapped to s-VLAN 10.
Port 5: c-VLAN 5 is mapped to s-VLAN 20.
Set the uplink port to belong to VLAN 10 and VLAN 20.
Send data packets of VLAN 5 to both client ports 4 and 5 though the IP
analyzer. Capture packets of uplink port and analyze. The expected
result should be number 3.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 395
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1 No matter what the c-VLAN is, the learnt source MAC belongs to
s-VLAN 5.
2 The data packet belongs to c-VLAN 5, the learnt source MAC belongs
Acceptance to s-VLAN 10.
Criteria The data packet belongs to c-VLAN 10, the learnt source MAC
belongs to s-VLAN 20.
3 The data packet belongs to c-VLAN 5, the learnt source MAC belongs
to both s-VLAN 10 and s-VLAN 20.
Remarks N/A
2.4.8 Verifying the Equipment Behavior when the MAC Table is Full
Test Item Verifying the Equipment Behavior when the MAC Table is Full
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
A A
S Line1 S Client4
Client4 M Line1 M
A A
Test Process
1 2
IXIA
Enable the MAC address learning function, use the IP analyzer to send
data packets, and increase the MAC address gradually.
Acceptance No specific behaviors occur. Just wait for the MAC address aging and
Criteria relearn.
Remarks N/A
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 396
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
C1
1
IXIA ASMA
2
C2
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 397
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Remarks N/A
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Client7 Client8
ASMA1 ASMA2
Client19 Client21
Test Process
Port3 Port4
IXIA
Acceptance
The traffic is normal.
Criteria
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 398
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
2.5.1 IP Phone
Test Item IP Phone
Prerequisites 1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. Monitor the system with the EMS. The equipment works well.
There are no alarms, and no non-zero performance value.
Test Process 1. Properly set the IP address and gateway for IP phone. The
gateway is assigned with the IP address of SOSC interface 3 and the IP
address of the phone is located in the network section of SOSC
electrical interface 3.
2. Insert the phone to the SEI panel.
Acceptance Local equipment sends a ring-back tone. The called NE should ring and
Criteria a conversation is established after the callee answers the call.
Remarks N/A
Prerequisites 1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. Monitor the system with the EMS. The equipment works well.
There are no alarms, and no non-zero performance value.
3. Addressing call is completed and the opposite party hooks off to
talk.
Test Process Judge the voice quality and volume with ears through the test.
Acceptance Both parties can hear each other clearly, without howling, echo or
Criteria noises.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 399
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
3 ROADM Test
Prerequisites 1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Test Process Configure the test environment according to the actual network
configurations, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 3-1 Test Configuration
ROADM ROADM
#1
#2
λ1 —
> λ2
ROADM
#3
The test environment includes HUB ROADM at six directions. The test
procedures are as follows:
1) Use the wavelength λ1 running in normal state and configure the
traffic from node 1 to node 2.
2) Change the wavelength to λ2 via the EMS.
Remarks N/A
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 400
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Prerequisites 1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Test Process Configure the test environment according to the actual network
configurations, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 3-2 Test Configuration
OSA
Output1
Remarks N/A
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 401
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Prerequisites 1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Test Process Configure the test environment according to the actual network
configurations, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 3-3 Test Configuration
λ1
ROADM ROADM
#1
#2
ROADM
#3
λ1
λ1
Remarks N/A
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 402
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Prerequisites 1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 403
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Test Process Configure the test environment according to the actual network
configurations, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 3-4 Test Configuration
λ1
ROADM ROADM
#1
#2
ROADM
#3
λ1
λ1
(a) Sending
λ1
ROADM ROADM
#1
#2
ROADM
#3
λ1
λ1
(b) Receiving
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 404
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Acceptance Any traffic with special wavelength can be transmitted to any direction
Criteria and drop at any node.
Remarks N/A
Prerequisites 1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Test Process Configure the test environment according to the actual network
configurations, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 3-5 Test Configuration
ROADM ROADM
#1
#2
λ1
ROADM
#3
λ1 λ1
1) Set the system to receive several traffics configured with the same λ
from different direction at the same time.
2) Test the traffics with the analyzer. The traffics should be running in
normal state.
Acceptance Can receive several traffics configured with the same λ at the same
Criteria time, and the traffics are running in normal state.
Remarks N/A
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 405
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
Prerequisites 1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
Test Process Configure the test environment according to the actual network
configurations, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 3-6 Test Configuration
ROADM ROADM
#1
#2
λ1
ROADM
#3
λ1 λ1
Acceptance
The circuit created by the EMS is running in normal state.
Criteria
Remarks N/A
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 406
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
4 WASON Test
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
A C
M820 M820
ROADM ROADM
B
M820
ROADM
D E
M720 M720
OLA OADM
the EMS.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 407
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
plane is correct.
set up.
Acceptance
3. The configuration of transmit interface query in the EMS is correct.
Criteria
4. The result of automatic discovery query is correct.
up.
Remarks
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 408
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
A C
M820 M820
ROADM ROADM
B
M820
ROADM
D E
M720 M720
OLA OADM
3. Recover the fiber connection between node B and node C. Query the
3. Query the control plane topology on the EMS. The link neighbor
5. Query the control plane topology on the EMS. The link neighbor
Remarks
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 409
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 410
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
A C
M820 M820
ROADM ROADM
B
M820
ROADM
D E
M720 M720
OLA OADM
include:
Test Process —Service level: diamond service, gold service, silver service, copper
whether the data sent from the tester can be received at the destination
port.
the information can be queried properly, such as the route and connection
property.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 411
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
service can be created successfully. The service tester shows that the
Acceptance service is configured accurately and works properly, and there is no bit
Criteria error.
3. The service can be queried on the EMS, and the fields associated with the
Remarks
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 412
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
A C
M820 M820
ROADM ROADM
B
M820
ROADM
D E
M720 M720
OLA OADM
2. On the call management interface of the EMS, create a SPC call from Node
A to Node C.
Test Process
3. Verify whether the service is created successfully through the SDH
6. Check whether the SPC service information is deleted through the EMS.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 413
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
service can be created successfully. The service tester shows that the
Acceptance error.
4. The service is deleted successfully. Verify through the service tester that
5. Query on the EMS that the SPC service is deleted, and the wavelength
resource and ROADM cross connection configured to the node under test
are released.
Remarks
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 414
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
A C
M820 M820
ROADM ROADM
B
M820
ROADM
D E
M720 M720
OLA OADM
2. On the call management interface of the EMS, create a SPC call from Node
A to Node D.
3. Verify whether the route test configuration meets the following route
--nodes/links to be involved
--nodes/links to avoided
4. Check whether the SPC service is created successfully through the SDH
5. On the EMS, check the route information of the SPC service, check
whether the nodes and links involved meet the above constraint policies,
and check whether the wavelength resource and ROADM cross connection
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 415
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. The service creation request can be issued successfully, and the listed
service can be created successfully. The service tester shows that the
Acceptance
service is configured accurately and works properly, and there is no bit
Criteria
error.
3. The service can be queried on the EMS, and the fields associated with the
service are displayed correctly. The route information meets the required
Remarks
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 416
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
A C
M820 M820
ROADM ROADM
B
M820
ROADM
D E
M720 M720
OLA OADM
1. The test configuration is shown in the above figure. The signaling network
2. On the call management interface of the EMS, create a SPC call from Node
A to Node D. Set the Protection Type parameter of the service to No, set
the restore type to Global Dynamic Re-routing, and set the reversion type
Test Process
to Non-reversion, Manual Reversion or Automatic Reversion.
3. Check whether the SPC service is created successfully through the SDH
fiber in one working path (such as the path between node A and node B),
and then unplug it. Then check whether service re-routing is triggered, and
5. Rectify the fault, and then check whether the service is restored to the
working path and record the restoration time according to the restore type
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 417
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
1. The service creation request can be issued successfully, and the listed
Acceptance service tester shows that the service is configured accurately and works
3. When the fiber break occurs in the working path again, the service can be
Remarks
1. Pass the primary power supply test and the fan unit test. The
equipment has been powered on and working properly.
2. The EMS software has been installed, and the network data has
Prerequisites been configured properly.
3. The database configured to the equipment has been downloaded
to the NCP.
4. The EMS terminal and the equipment are connected properly.
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 418
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
A C
M820 M820
ROADM ROADM
B
M820
ROADM
D E
M720 M720
OLA OADM
1. The test configuration is shown in the above figure. The signaling network
2. On the call management interface of the EMS, create a SPC call from Node
3. Check whether the SPC service is created successfully through the SDH
4. Disconnect the working path of the SPC service according to the following
procedures, and then check the service interruption time through the SDH
the new working path and protection path on the control plane through the
A) Break one optical fiber in the working path of the SPC service, which
working path after switching, thus forming the new 1+1 protection
service.
B) Based on the step A, break one optical fiber in the current working
path of the service, and then the service is switched to the new
A) Break one optical fiber in the protection path of the SPC service, and
invalid one. The original working path does not change and is running
in normal state.
3. The route information of the specific working path and protection path can
Acceptance
be queried in the EMS.
Criteria
4. Disconnect the working path of the SPC service, thus triggering protection
described in step 5.
Remarks
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 420
ZXONE 8300&8500&8700 Acceptance Test Guide Internal Use Only▲
ZTE Confidential Proprietary © 2018 ZTE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 421